ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK for Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) By Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP) Amended on 16.02.2019 APRIGP Restructuring - 2019 0 Contents S. No Content Page no 1. Chapter – I 1. Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) 10 1.1. Background of the project 10 1.2. Project Development Objective 10 1.3. Project Components 10 1.3.1. Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through 11 Producer Organizations 1.3.2. Component 2 - Human Development 12 1.3.3. Component 3 - Access to entitlements 14 1.3.4. Component 4: ICT & Partnerships 15 1.3.5. Component 5: Project Implementation 16 Support 1.4. Project Location 17 1.5. Environment Management Framework (EMF) 17 1.5.1. Applicability of EMF to APRIGP 17 1.5.2. Objective of EMF and Approach 17 1.5.3. Overview of the EMF Report 17 2 Chapter – II 2. Legal and Regulatory Framework for APRIG Project 18 3 Chapter – III 3. Applicability of EMF to APRIGP Components - Environment 19 Impact of Activities under APRIGP and Environment Friendly Alternatives 3.1. Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through 19 Producer Organizations 3.1.1. Subcomponent 1 – Rural Value Chains 19 3.1.1.1. Environmental Guidelines for 20 Agriculture Commodity Value Chains (Rural Value Chains) 3.1.1.2. Environmental Guidelines for 28 Livestock Value Chains 3.1.2. Subcomponent 2 – Rural Retail Chains/Social 29 Enterprises 3.1.2.1. Environment Guidelines for Processing 31 and value addition of Farm products 3.1.2.2. Environment Guidelines for Enterprises 33 3.1.2.3. Environment Guidelines for Rural 34 Retail Chains: KRuSHE Marts 3.2. Component 2- Human Development (HD) 35 3.2.1. Environment Guidelines for ensuring and 36 1 monitoring safe drinking water supply 3.2.2. Creation of Sanitation facilities 38 3.2.3. Environment Guidelines to be integrated into the 39 awareness programmes facilitating use and proper disposal of Sanitary napkins 3.2.4. Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Gardens 40 3.2.5. Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Cum Day 40 Care Centers (NDCCs), Community Kitchens, Nutri product preparation 3.3. Component 4 – ICT and Partnerships 43 3.3.1. Innovation forum or Solution market places on 43 Green Business Opportunities 3.3.2. Green tools for rating and certification of green 45 products under value chains 3.3.3. Environment Guidelines for ICT interventions – 45 Use of tablets and e- Waste management 4 Chapter – IV 4. EMF Implementation Arrangements 47 4.1. Approach to development of Environment Management 47 Framework (EMF) 4.2. Greening the Business Plans, Business Proposals and HD 49 Plans 4.3. Environment Appraisal and Environment Guidelines for 49 greening value chains and HD interventions 4.3.1. Environment Appraisal of Value chains - Business 49 Plans and Business Proposals 4.3.2. Environment Appraisal of HD Plans 50 4.3.3. Steps in Greening the Producer Group Business plans, KRuSHE proposals HD Plans and 50 Environment Appraisal 4.3.4. Innovation forum or solution market place on 54 Green Business Opportunities 4.3.5. Green Audits and Third party certification for 54 accessing premiums 4.4. Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of EMF 55 4.4.1. At State level 55 4.4.2. At Supra district level 55 4.4.3. At Cluster Level or Mandal level 55 4.4.4. Technical support agencies 56 4.4.5. Village Producer Group (VPG) Level 56 4.5. Monitoring Strategy 58 4.5.1. Internal monitoring (green audits) 58 4.5.2. External monitoring 59 2 4.6. Capacity Building Plan 60 4.6.1. Identification of Resource Agency 61 4.6.2. The Capacity Building Curriculum 61 62 4.6.2. Capacity Building Plan 4.7. Time Line 63 68 4.8. Budget Estimate (tentative) 3 List of Tables Tables Page no Table 1: Applicability of EMF to project components 19 Table 2. Agriculture Commodity Value Chains: Environmental issues and 20 best practices in Interventions for Productivity enhancement, Storage, Processing etc. Table 3. Environmental Issues and Best practices in creation and maintenance 24 of common infrastructural facilities provided to support the value chains Table 4. Environmental Issues and Best practices in Livestock (dairy, small ruminants and poultry) related value chains 28 Table 5. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in farm based food product preparation 31 Table 6. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in nonfarm based enterprises 33 Table 7. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for KRuSHE marts 34 Table 8. Applicability of EMF to HD components 35 Table 9. Environment guidelines for Drinking water supply monitoring 36 Table10. Environment Guidelines for construction of IHHL Table 11. Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Gardens 38 40 Table 12. Environment guidelines for NDCCs, Community kitchens and nutri products preparation 41 Table 13. Critical Environmental Issues indentified in value chains 43 Table 14. Responsibilities at different levels in integrating environment guidelines into business plans, proposals and HD plans and Environment 51 Appraisal Table 15. EMF responsibilities at various levels 56 Table 16. Monitoring sample and staff responsible 58 4 Table 17. Key aspects to be monitored and monitoring indicators 60 Table 18. RIGP EMF Implementation Time line 64 Table 19. Budget requirements for implementation of EMF 68 List of figures: Figure Page no Figure 1: Greening Rural Inclusive Growth - 48 flowchart Figure 2: Institutional arrangements for EMF 55 implementation 5 List of Annexures: Annexure 1: List of APRIGP mandals Annexure 2: Environmental Situational Analysis in the Context of RIGP Annexure 3: Legal and Regulatory Framework applicable for TRIGP • Annexe 1: Negative list of activities that cannot be carried as part of Activities under TRIGP • Annexe 2 List of Prohibited Dyes • Annexe 3: Classification of Industries for Consent Management • Annexe 4: Pesticides mentioned in the WHO list that are commonly used in the agricultural subprojects along with their trade names Annexure 4: Interventions by SERP in the field of Sustainable Agriculture Annexure 5: Rural chains - Commodity Wise Environment Guidelines • Annexe 1: Popular and high yielding varieties grown in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile) • Annexe 2: Suitability of Livestock breeds to different geographic regions of Andhra Pradesh and location of main farms, and AI Stations • Annexe 3: Food colours that can be used in food preparation and processing units Annexure 6: Environment Guidelines for Rural Retail Chains – KRuSHE Enterprises and KRuSHE marts • Annexe 1: Food colours, preservatives, additives that can be used in food preparation and processing units Annexure 7: Guidelines for Drinking water supply, Toilets Construction works Annexure 8: Report on Stakeholder Consultations Annexure 9: Format for Environmental Appraisal Annexure 10: Terms of references for Technical Agencies, Experts 1. Inputs for TOR for hiring Environment Expert at Project Management Unit (PMU) for Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) 2. TOR for hiring Technical Agency for development of EA tools and EMF manual, Capacity Building and Internal Monitoring of EMF implementation. 3. Inputs for TOR for hiring Technical Agency for Setting Green Standards and Green Certification for enabling Economic enhancement through green marketing. 4. Inputs for TOR for ICT for Environment Management Framework (EMF) – to be included in ICT ToR by SERP Annexure 11: Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project Restructuring . 6 Executive Summary Introduction: The Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP), supported by financial assistance from the World Bank, aims at supporting the Government of AP‟s goal of making the State poverty free by 2017 through a strategy of including the poor in the benefits of economic growth and human development outcomes. The project is also aligned with the Government of India‟s XII Five Year Plan for a „faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth‟ and growth target of 8.2 percent. The objective of the project is „to enable selected poor households to enhance sources of incomes and secure increased access to human development services and social entitlements‟. This would be achieved by supporting GoAP in scaling up the rural poverty reduction initiatives and the existing institutional platforms of the rural poor with an emphasis on inclusive economic growth and access to human development and social development services. The project will integrate the small and marginal producers to urban markets by making them competitive through value addition and creating jobs for the youth in semi-urban and urban locations. Improving access to services such as education, nutrition, etc. and increased coverage of social safety net and social risk management programs help poor to share benefits of economic growth. The programs will be implemented in selected geographies (about one third of the state) based on social stratification, value chain potential, and inclusion deficit in HD indicators and access to services and entitlements. Lessons from this project will be concurrently taken to other Mandals in the State which have better outcomes in terms of HD indicators and enhanced income for small producers. The project has the 5 following components and sub components: 1. Value chain enhancement through producer organizations. a. Rural value chains b. Rural retail chains 2. Human Development a. Strengthening the supply of key nutrition, health and pre-school education services b. Strengthening the demand for quality nutrition, health, sanitation and pre-school education services c. Establishing linkages with value chains 3. Access to entitlements a. Improved delivery of service and entitlements b. Improved access to productive safety nets c. Improved access to vulnerability services 4. ICT & Partnerships a. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) b. Partnerships c. Technical Assistance to line departments d. Centre of Excellence and Knowledge Management 5. Project Implementation Support 7 Environment Assessment Study: The Society for elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP) has undertaken an Environmental Assessment (EA) of the project to ensure that the planned activities are environmentally sustainable. The study was conducted with an objective of understanding environmental implications of project activities, and to define remedial measures to mitigate any negative impacts, in line with the national and state legal and regulatory framework and the World Bank Operational Policies. The environment assessment study identified the following key potential environmental issues related to the project interventions • Possible over exploitation of resources such as ground water for irrigation • Introducing high yielding varieties which need intensive irrigation and which could result in loss of indigenous varieties • Increased fertilization that can have negative impact on soil and water • Setting up mills, processing units and storage structure which need high energy requirement and may release toxic wastes to the environment • Use of chemicals, waste disposal and energy use in micro enterprises and possibility of health hazards. • Possibility of contamination of the surrounding environment due to drinking water and sanitation interventions when environment guidelines are not followed Environment Management Framework: The objective of Environmental Management Framework EMF is to Ensure Environmental Sustainability of Value chain and Human Development interventions proposed under APRIGP and to contribute to economic enhancement by accessing premiums through Climate friendly practices in value chains and KRuSHE enterprises. The EMF provides a strategy to manage negative environmental impacts of the value chain and human development activities there by sustaining the benefits of these interventions. It also provides the institutional mechanism to operationalise the EMF which contains guidelines, systems and procedures for ensuring environmental sustainability during project implementation. The project triggers the following Operational Safeguard policies of the World Bank: Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01); Forests (OP 4.36); Natural habitats (OP 4.04) and Pest Management (OP4.09). The necessary measures to ensure compliance with these laws, regulations, and policies are included in the negative list and environmental guidelines are developed as part of the EMF. The EMF is applicable to the following components of RIGP. The negative impacts need to be addressed or can be avoided by opting for an environment friendly alternative available Components Applicability of EMF Component 1 – Value chain The value chain enhancement has several steps like enhancement through producer productivity enhancement, processing, manufacture, organizations. storage etc. EMF is applicable at every stage of value chain. Component 2- Human Development Environmental guidelines for interventions in water and 8 sanitation, nutrition etc. Component 4 – ICT and Partnerships Guidelines for E waste management. „Innovation forum‟ or solution market place under Partnership component for „Green Business Opportunities‟ EMF identifies the possible environmental implications of each interventions proposed under each component and sub component and suggests environment friendly alternatives or mitigation measures for each. It includes „environment guidelines‟ or „environment friendly alternatives‟ for all the components. It also encourages Green Business Opportunities on the critical environmental issues indentified in the proposed activities through „innovation forums‟ „solution market places‟ and „knowledge events‟ under partnership component. The EMF implementation strategy is to integrate activity specific environment guidelines (greening of the plans) into the business plans and business proposals (rural chains and retail chains) and Human Development plans right at the inception stage. The system of Environment Appraisal will ensures compliance with applicable laws and regulations of the GoI and the triggered safeguard policies of the World Bank and integration of environment guidelines. The EMF also provides strategy for promoting Green Business Opportunities through innovation forum or solution market place and strategy to enhance economic benefits by green audits and third party certification of value chain products. The EMF was prepared in close consultations with key stakeholders on relevant components and EMF implications through discussions at SERP and workshops in select locations – Visakhapatnam, Kurnool and Hyderabad. The key implementation arrangements include • Institutional arrangements: the institutional arrangements are the key for effective implementation of EMF at cluster, district and state levels. The roles and responsibilities of key staff at different levels are provided. However the staffing costs are not included in budget as it would be included as part of project management costs. • Monitoring strategy: The focus of monitoring is to ensure the implementation of EMF and also to help in accessing the premiums by green ratings and certification. Internal and external audit mechanisms are planned for the same which are detailed in the EMF. • Capacity Building Plan: Capacity building plan for staff at various levels with the suggested curriculum and mode of delivery is designed in order to strengthen the capacities of the staff and community at different levels. • Implementation time line: The implementation timeline is provided with tasks spread across 5 years with 6 monthly intervals. • Budget: The estimated budget (tentative) for implementation Rs. 4, 74, 80,000 (rupees four crore seventy four lakh eighty thousand only). 9 Chapter I 1. Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) 1.2. Background of the project: Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) Proposes Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) which aims at supporting the GoAP‟s goal of making the State poverty free by 2017 through a strategy of including the poor in the benefits of economic growth and human development outcomes. The project is also aligned with approach for XII Five Year Plan for a „faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth‟ and growth target of 8.2 percent. The overall strategy is to look beyond growth and focus on generation of employment to the millions of the youth in the State. This would eventually result in a faster reduction in unemployment and poverty through skill development and also help bridging multiple divides. The project is consistent with proposed CPS (FY2013-2017) contributing to two main engagement areas viz. spatial transformation, and social inclusion. The project will integrate the small and marginal producers to urban markets by making them competitive through value addition and creating jobs for the youth in semi-urban and urban locations. Improving access to services such as education, nutrition, etc. and increased coverage of social safety net and social risk management programs help poor to share benefits of economic growth. Finally, the project also supports the Government of India‟s "Finance Plus" approach by investing in building community institutions that can foster higher order impacts. Firstly, it will aim to bring various schemes together on to one synergistic platform (gender, nutrition health and livelihoods leveraging major govt. scheme such as ICDS and NRHM). Secondly, it will invest in ICT and social accountability mechanisms for improving service delivery in a sustainable manner. Finally, innovations such as, alternate service delivery models, Public-Private-Community-Partnerships (PPCP) will be the key drivers of this project. 1.2. Project Development Objective: The objective of Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) is „to enable selected poor households to enhance incomes and secure increased access to human development services and social entitlements‟. This would be achieved by supporting Government of Andhra Pradesh in scaling up the rural poverty reduction initiatives and the existing institutional platforms of the rural poor under previous IDA supported APDPIP and APRPRP with an emphasis on inclusive economic growth and access to human development and social development services. These programs will be implemented in selected geographies (about one third of the state) based on social stratification, value chain potential, and inclusion deficit in HD indicators and access to services and entitlements. Lessons from this project will be concurrently taken to other Mandals in the State which have better outcomes in terms of HD indicators and enhanced income for small producers. 1.3. Project Components: The project has the 5 following components. 10 1.3.1. Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through Producer Organizations (US$ 30 million): The objective of this component is to increase income of 2,50,000 small and marginal farmers by at least 50% through livelihood diversification, productivity enhancement and improved market access. This component will work with those small and marginal producers who have built up productive assets and have previously participated in productivity improvement, cropping technology and market access programs in select livelihoods/sectors. The project now proposes to work with these producers and help them move up the value chain and appropriate the growth opportunities. This will be achieved by organizing them into economic organizations (producer groups/organizations/companies); ensuring high service quality of support services like technology, credit, extension, marketing, etc.; and sustainable access to markets. Strengthening the market links, the project will facilitate value chain partnerships with leading market players and also support in creating local markets by connecting rural producers with shandis, rural haats, kirana shops, etc. In other words, the project will create ecosystem for inclusive growth of small and marginal producers. The above approach will be adopted in key pro-poor sub-sectors/ commodities viz. Paddy, Red Gram, Turmeric, Cashew, Coffee, Milk, Fish, Poultry and Small ruminants which have high potential to scale up and impact large number of poor households. The value chain development strategies center around the following two approaches (i) resource based approach or producer driven value chains based on pre-dominant activity in the area and building upon comparative advantage of poor producers around production systems, organic value chains, agri-nutrition linkages, etc.), and (ii) market induced approach or buyer driven value chains (for e.g. turmeric, coffee, cashew, milk, etc.) for taking advantage of the emerging market opportunities in local and urban markets. Here the project will provide end-to-end solutions for helping poor access commodity and product markets. The project will systematically develop retail chains for connecting producers with consumers and trapping and appropriating value creation in local area. The component will have two sub-components viz. Rural Value Chains and Rural Retails Chains/Social Enterprises. Rural Value Chains: As part of this sub component, the key activities to be undertaken would include; production planning along the production cycle; cost reduction through inputs aggregation; productivity enhancement through seed replacement and dissemination of improved package of practices through community managed extension; quality improvement of the produce through grading, sorting and packaging; creating local value addition infrastructure; higher unit value realization through aggregation and collective marketing to extract full value of the value chain intervention. The key investments to be supported under the sub-component include (i) Building and strengthening economic organizations of the small and marginal producers (ii) Establishing Community based Productivity Enhancement Systems (ii) Supply of planting material, seed and breed development services (iv) Creation of small scale productive infrastructure for improving labor productivity local value addition (v) Building financial sector linkages for producer organizations: and (vi) Technical assistance for organizing producer organizations, value chain relationships and building viable business model. Rural Retail Chains: The objective of this sub-component is twofold. Firstly, it will systematically develop localized value chains that connect rural producers/producer groups and home-based enterprises with the rural poor consumers. This will include transforming the product mix and business models of nearly traditional rural retail (kirana) stores (existing traders belonging to SCs and STs and new small entrepreneurs) into social enterprises providing a range of products related to nutrition, hygiene and alternate energy and linking them with large social 11 enterprises. These traditional stores and enterprises will be organized into a network of rural retail marts (Knitting Rural Self Help Enterprises (KRuSHE) Marts) and home-based enterprises (KRuSHE Enterprises). Secondly by transforming the kirana stores to provide counseling services and offer good quality, affordable, safe and socially relevant goods (with emphasis on nutritionally significant items, marketing affordable quality sanitary products, personal hygiene products, etc.) and other essential goods to the poorest households, the project will enhance and improve the quality of consumption of the poor households. Therefore, the success of this sub- component is intricately linked to the human development impacts that the livelihoods investments will generate. The key investments to be supported under the rural retail chain sub component include (i) Establishing a rural retail chain by transforming traditional kirana stores and building brand KRuSHE that will be positioned as convenient and affordable access points for good quality, safe and standard products; (ii) Promoting clusters of home based KRuSHE Enterprises with particular emphasis on processing and value addition of agriculture produce and manufacturing of nutrition products; (iii) Capacitation (entrepreneurship and retail management training) and business development services to KRuSHE Marts and KRuSHE Enterprises; (iv) Building association of KRuSHE Marts that are homogeneous in size and financial stature; (v) Investments in technology platforms like an e-commerce portal for KRuSHE products and IVRS and SMS based technologies to source, aggregate and execute orders. 1.3.2. Component 2 - Human Development (US$ 15 million): Poor knowledge and demand for quality services coupled with low levels of skill and motivation amongst the service providers are some of the key reasons for huge gaps in service utilization, quality and trust between the community and public health and nutrition service delivery systems. Recognizing these gaps, the project seeks to build on the existing social capital that exists in SERP, in the form of a federation of women‟s groups from the village to the state level, and capacitate them to demand and access services, while also investing in strengthening the capacity of systems to deliver. Therefore, the focus of project interventions is to enable the demand side to hold the supply side accountable for service delivery in the Human Development (HD) sector, as well as to improve HD service delivery by strengthening the existing public systems to deliver quality services. Appropriate links will also be established between the HD and Value Chain components ensuring a multi-sectoral approach to addressing early childhood development outcomes. Specific interventions to operationalize this approach include: Sub-component 2.1: Strengthening the supply of key nutrition, health and pre-school education services This will entail (a) supporting the establishment of community monitoring under the existing convergence framework of Maarpu introduced by the government of AP (b) strengthening the training architecture under the departments of women and child development and health and family welfare, specifically on the issue of community mobilization, early childhood education and growth monitoring and promotion (c) supporting the development and roll out of an integrated/convergent management information system that incorporates key indicators associated with mother and child (including indicators of health, nutrition and education) to enable better tracking of these vulnerable groups jointly by the departments of health, women and child development and rural development; and (d) flexible funds for specific technical assistance that may be required by the line departments during the course of implementation to improve HD interventions. 12 Sub-component 2.2: Strengthening the demand for quality nutrition, health, sanitation and pre- school education services by undertaking specific mobilization at the village level around HD outcomes including nutrition, sanitation, health and pre-school education. This would include creating awareness about the relevance of health, nutrition and education seeking behaviors and empowering communities to access, demand and facilitate delivery of quality services to achieve HD outcomes. Specific activities will include (a) Building capacities of Village Level Convergence Committees that include gram panchayat representatives, constituted under Maarpu, to develop village HD plans, implement activities proposed under the plan, monitor progress along these plans and review outcomes (b) communication for behavior and social change and (c) community monitoring for demand generation using tools such as community score cards (d) demand side activities for promotion of water, sanitation and hygiene improvements. Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) improvements have been shown consistently to result in better health, as measured by reduced incidence of diarrhea, reduction in parasitic infections, increased child growth, and reduced morbidity and mortality. Similarly, increasing the quantity of water allows for better hygiene i.e. hand washing, food washing, and household cleaning. Improving the quality of water reduces the ingestion of pathogens. Experiences with hygiene education indicate that the potential signs of health impacts due to behavior change programs take time to materialize, because it is not only the potential users of facilities who need to change their behavior; behavioral changes are also needed at all levels - household, neighborhood and the entire community. The project will therefore use community led approaches to improve access to WASH services in about 1000 targeted villages adopting saturation approach to cover all households and rural institutions like schools, anganwadi centers, health centers, etc. and helping them achieve Open Defecation Free (ODF) status. The approach would include strengthening linkages between Village Organizations with Gram Panchayats and Village Water and Sanitation Committees to effectively plan, organize, implement and manage community led WASH services for the poorest households. Participatory learning tools and diagnostic instruments will be developed and IEC material The Village Human Development Plans (VHDPs) will also have strong focus on WASH activities. These will include triggering actions and participatory planning exercises for VHDP. Construction and rehabilitation of institutional water and sanitation facilities in schools and health facilities will also be undertaken which will serve as demonstration sites. Promotion of improved hygiene and sanitation practices through support in the design and application of behavior change communication (BCC) materials in beneficiary communities a cadre of volunteers and resource persons. Sub-component 2.3: Establishing linkages with value chains by supporting livelihood activities aimed at improving community access to nutrient rich and dietary diverse foods. This will include (a) making nutrient rich snacks available through nutri-shops (refer Component 1) in the project mandals and creating awareness among the community on the benefits of these products; (b) counseling and encouraging farmers, through Farmer Field Schools (FFS) (Refer Component 1) to grow and consume diversified food crops during the season and following up with women members through Nutrition Field Schools (NFS); (c) establishing family and food centers (a take away food center) to promote nutritional security among households with female wage seekers who may not have the time to prepare and access nutritious food; and (d) establishment of community kitchens on a pilot basis to supply nutritious meals to ICDS centers, schools (under the mid-day meal scheme), destitute feeding centers, etc. 13 While activities under sub-components 2.1 and 2.3 will be rolled out across all project mandals, the demand side activities proposed under sub-component 2.2 will initially be piloted in select project mandals. A rigorous impact evaluation will be designed to allow for an assessment of the demand driven aspects proposed under this sub-component. The evaluation will include process monitoring as an integral part of its design to allow for required mid-course corrections. Furthermore, a mid-line evaluation by the end of year 2 of implementation will also be planned to enable lessons learned to be shared with the government and other relevant stakeholders, in order to facilitate scale up of the model in the remaining 100 mandals through the government‟s own funds. 1.3.3. Component 3 - Access to entitlements (US$ 7.5 million): This component aims to improve the coverage and service delivery of social protection entitlements to 1 million of poorest households mainly belonging to the SC/STs and particularly those with PWDs, and ensures that they are protected from risks and vulnerabilities through an integrated mission mode approach, while addressing the last mile issues. The component will consist of 3 main sub components. Subcomponent 1: Improved delivery of service and entitlements: This sub-component will support the establishment of one stop shop service points by the Village Organizations to improve the outreach and quality of access for select services and entitlements by the SC/ST and poorest of the poor communities. The support activities for achieving this include (i) Establishing One Stop Shop (OSS)/Single Window/Kiosk at the village level which offers broad range of services viz. undertaking information, education and communication (IEC) activities, providing counseling services and facilitating enrolment of left out poor in identified schemes. (ii) Setting up of a convergent Information Technology platform and developing an application suite for various services offered by the OSS (iii) Establishing a Direct Benefit Transfer Cell for coordinating multiple stakeholders at different levels including government departments, commercial banks, post offices, banking correspondent companies, technology service providers, and last mile agents. This cell at the State level will have a pool of experts that would lead on integration of beneficiary databases across departments, negotiate with banks and BC companies, coordinate with line agencies on payment delays, ensure real time monitoring and identification of hot spots and set service standards for the range of stakeholders ( iv) Setting up a dedicated Call Center for accountability and grievance handling for the services offered by OSS through effective coordination between various Government departments involved in the project (v) Systematic capacity building and training of community institutions, community professionals, project staff, Capacity building and training of field functionaries to disburse transfer payments, provide financial services in SC/ST communities, and offer counseling and facilitation services. Subcomponent 2: Improved access to vulnerability services: This subcomponent seeks to achieve an improved access to vulnerability services for Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) and Gender related services. Activities related to access to services for the PwDs to be implemented are as follows (i) Undertaking improvements to the neighborhood centres established by the department of social welfare and make these centres accessible for PWDs. Specifically for children with disabilities (ii) Formation of parent organizations of children with mental retardation and development disabilities (DD) ( iii) early identification and support for children with disabilities through training of key personnel (iv) Piloting mobile therapy centers to provide specialized services to persons / children with disabilities. The team would be equipped with a mobile therapy unit that will reach various hard to reach and deficient locations to provide specialized 14 services of special educator, physiotherapist, audiometric and speech therapist, among others. Activities related to access to gender services that will be implemented are as follows ( i) Formation of Adolescent girl groups thereby strengthening the demand for awareness and redressal services (ii) Identification of all gender based vulnerable families and ensuring access to entitlements to all gender based vulnerable families ( iii) Capacity building and gender sensitization to Panchayati raj functionaries and last mile workers from the line departments‟ grass root level workers ( iv) Providing counseling services to identified vulnerable families and adolescent girls and undertaking campaigns against gender based vulnerabilities ( v) Using IVRS technology and OSS for monitoring, reporting and analytics of cases related to gender based violence in SHG families (v) Setting up community managed family counseling centres and de addiction centres in convergence with other line departments. 1.3.4. Component 4: ICT & Partnerships (US$ 15 million): The objective of this component is to build an enabling ecosystem for innovation and transformation in delivering good quality services in the last mile. Recognizing that technology, innovation and entrepreneurship play critical role in addressing major development challenges the project seeks to bring together different stakeholders from the public private and civil society sectors and form partnerships with for customizing inclusive innovations in the project context. This engenders intensive use of ICT at levels of project governance and delivery, high performance project implementation and effective coordination mechanisms with supply/demand side partner institutions and social entrepreneurs and innovators by providing them technical assistance, strategic advisory and knowledge management services with national and international expertise. It will have the following 4 main sub components. Sub Component 1: Information and Communication Technologies (ICT): The project will invest in IT applications, services and systems to achieve transformational outcomes. The key activities supported by the project include the following ( i) Promoting extensive use of IT devices and enabled mechanisms for transforming the manner in which last mile services are delivered (ii) Application Suite Development that will include an array of embedded applications for MIS data capture, community videos for capacity building and knowledge dissemination, market information and crop advisory, branchless banking transactions, GPS enabled device for spatial coordination, etc. (iii) Setting up of information bureau that will lead to the development of a data warehouse through re-engineering the existing stand-alone applications and integrating them into an integrated, real-time system with higher efficiency and robustness. (iv) Business intelligence services and data analytics support: for managing the analytics by extracting data from the current databases (v) develop need based applications specific MIS modules for APRIGP and bring together host of ICT based applications that support the project activities and improve their efficiency and effectiveness (vi) Development of Knowledge, information and transaction services. Sub Component 2: Partnerships: The project recognizes that the partnerships as key implementation arrangement and accordingly develop a partnership framework which will allow it to enter into partnerships with innovators, social entrepreneurs and reputed agencies. The key activities to be implemented include (i) Solutions Marketplaces, Knowledge Events: The project will organize solutions and innovations marketplaces for identifying high impact innovations and developing productive alliances between small and marginal producers and the public, private 15 and social enterprise sector aimed at improving technical service provision and market linkages in the project areas (ii) Financing Public-Private-Community Partnerships: The project will encourage productive partnerships with public, private and social enterprise sectors to increase the integration of poor in performing and remunerative value chains. Sub Component 3: Technical Assistance to line departments: The objective of the sub component is to provide technical assistance to line departments in improving their implementation and monitoring capacity. The following key investments shall be made as part of the technical assistance to be provided to line departments (i) Staffing support: Staff in the form of a team of 3 to 4 professionals/YPs who could be placed within the department possibly at the state level who would be responsible for driving the convergence agenda under APRIGP ( ii) Support towards training of the staff of line departments especially at the last mile (mandal/G.P level) in order to improve both the outcomes and the quality of service delivery (iii) Support towards consultancy services that could contribute to strengthening the MIS and data analytics within these line departments (iv) Support towards hiring agencies that could undertake periodic tracking of the quality of services at the household level and produce report cards based on these surveys. Sub Component 4: Centre of Excellence and Knowledge Management: One of the key rationales for undertaking this project is that the lessons from the new approaches (value chain approach, linking value chains to nutrition, TA for line departments etc.) that will be implemented of the under the project shall be widely shared with the state rural livelihood missions ( SRLMs) in low income states like Bihar, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh where similar rural livelihood projects are implemented through the National Rural Livelihood Mission. Therefore, as part of this sub component, a Centre for Excellence and Knowledge management shall be set up which will enable the project to share lessons with other low income states and NRLM. The key objective is to strengthen implementation capacity of other SRLMs in piloting some of the innovative approaches to be tried out under this project. Some of the key activities to be undertaken by the center are as follows ( i) Holding Knowledge events for senior SRLM staff and other key stakeholders from the low incomes states ( ii) Training and developing staff, community professionals and other stake holders (iii) Developing knowledge management and learning systems (iv) Developing best practice sites and immersion locations inside the project ( v) Providing Implementation support in specific activities/locations in other SRLMs through secondment of staff and Professional Resource Persons (PRPs) 1.3.5. Component 5: Project Implementation Support (US$ 7.5 million): The objective of this component is to strengthen the project implementation and will finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. It will also support establishing Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) systems, Financial Management systems, Procurement Management, Governance and Accountability Systems, Knowledge Management and Communication, etc. 1.4. Project Location: The APRIGP will be implemented intensively in the villages of 150 selected Mandals of 13 districts to demonstrate the effectiveness of the comprehensive livelihood approach. The 16 Mandals have been identified on the basis of high incidence of poverty and large number of rural poor, tribal population and pockets of acute poverty. The list of project mandals is attached as Annexure 1. 1.5. Environment Management Framework (EMF): The EMF for the APRIGP is an integral part of the implementation arrangements related to activities concerned with environmental implication. An Environment study was undertaken and an Environment Management Framework has been developed for the APRIGP to ensure that the project interventions are environmentally sustainable and are in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and policies of the Government of India, the Government of Andhra Pradesh and triggered safeguard policies of the World Bank. 1.5.1. Applicability of EMF to APRIG: The EMF is applicable to 3 components of the project, component 1 – Livelihood Promotion and Component 2 - Human Development as the activities proposed under these 2 components are likely to have a bearing on the surrounding environment. EMF is also applicable to the component - 4 ICT and partnerships as a solution market place is proposed on „Green Business Opportunities‟. 1.5.2. Objective of EMF and Approach: The objective of EMF for APRIGP is: 1. To Ensure Environmental Sustainability of Value chain and Human Development interventions proposed under APRIGP and to contribute to economic enhancement by accessing premiums through Climate friendly practices in value chains and KRuSHE enterprises. The approach is: • Greening of the value chains and promotion of Green Business Opportunities • Integrating environmental management into relevant activities under the Human Development component 1.6. Overview of the EMF Report: The structure of the report is as follows. Chapter 1 provides an overview of the Objectives and components of APRIGP. Chapter 2 discusses legal and regulatory framework that is applicable to the project activities. Chapter 3 discusses applicability of EMF to project components and provides the Environment Guidelines for the Value chains, Human Development interventions. Chapter 4 provides Environnent Management Framework. It provides technical and institutional strategy and procedures for environment planning. The relevant details under each chapter are attached as Annexures. The environmental situational analysis with reference to the project components (baseline) is provided as Annexure 2. 17 Chapter – II 2. Legal and Regulatory Framework for APRIG Project The objective of the project is to bring in value addition interventions into different Value chain and Human Development activities that would help the producer groups and federations to increase their household incomes and attain quality life. Meanwhile it is very important to keep in mind that all the interventions by the producer groups and federations should be compliant with the laws and regulations of the country and the state i.e. the legal and regulatory frameworks based on Government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh and Safeguard policies of World Bank. Compliance with these rules and regulations ensure alignment of these investments with sustainable management of concerned natural resources. Many of the activities in value chain component with deal with extraction of natural resources for production and release of harmful wastes into the environment. Following the legal and regulatory framework will ensure that the activities are conducted in environmentally sustainable manner. Similarly the activities proposed under Human Development competent (especially Water and Sanitation related interventions) need to follow prescribe environmental guidelines to avoid contamination of the local surroundings and water resources and ensure health benefits from the interventions. The safeguard policies that are applicable to the project are: • Environmental Assessment OP/BP 4.01 • Natural Habitats OP/BP 4.04 • Forests OP/BP 4.36 • Pest Management OP 4.09 This chapter lists out the applicable Acts, Rules and Regulations of Government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh. A negative list of activities is developed based on the Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to APRIGP which is provided in Annexure 3 (Annexe 1). Apart from the safeguard policies several acts, rules and regulation of government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh will be applicable to the project activities. The list of applicable Acts, Rules and Regulations of Government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh is prepared and is attached as Annexure 3, which also included a negative list of activities is developed based on the Legal and Regulatory framework applicable to APRIGP. Apart from these any new regulations etc. that will come into place in future that have a bearing on the environment in the context of project activities will have to reviewed and added on periodical basis. Ensuring compliance with Legal and regulatory framework is made part of project appraisal procedures and a detailed plans for Capacity Building, Implementation and Monitoring are provided in detail in Chapter 4. 18 Chapter – III 3. Applicability of EMF to APRIGP Components - Environment Impact of Activities under APRIGP and Environment Friendly Alternatives This section discusses applicability of EMF to the components of APRIGP, presents environmental issues that might arise from the proposed activities under APRIGP and the recommendations/mitigation measures to be put in place to address the negative impacts. The environment guidelines to help in bringing in sustainability to project activities are provided. EMF is applicable to 3 components of APRIGP. Component Applicability of EMF Component 1 – Value chain enhancement The value chain enhancement has several steps like through producer organizations. productivity enhancement, processing, manufacture storage etc. EMF is applicable at every stage of value chain Component 2- Human Development Environment guidelines in Water and Sanitation, Nutrition interventions etc. Component 4 – ICT and Partnerships Guidelines for E waste management. Solution market place under Partnership component for „Green Business Opportunities‟ 3.1. Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through Producer Organizations: This component has two sub-components viz. Rural Value Chains and Rural Retails Chains/Small Enterprises. 3.1.1. Subcomponent 1 – Rural Value Chains The component will focus on adding value through investment in economic organizations of small and marginal farmers like producer organizations and producer companies and investments in value addition, quality enhancement and partnerships with agribusiness enterprises in the private and cooperative sector. A value chain approach will be adopted in key sub-sectors like agriculture, plantation and horticulture crops, livestock and fisheries. The sub component „Rural Value Chains‟ deals with value chains of 5 agricultural commodities and 4 animal husbandry activities listed below: 1. Paddy 2. Red gram 3. Turmeric 4. Cashew nut 5. Coffee 19 6. Dairy 7. Small ruminants 8. Poultry 9. Fisheries The value chain activities will broadly include interventions for productivity enhancement, processing, storage and marketing. These interventions are likely to have a negative impact on environment by: • Possible over exploitation of the resources such as ground water for irrigation to enhance the productivity • Introducing high yielding varieties which need intensive irrigation, fertilization that have negative impact on soil and water • Setting up mills, processing units and storage structure which need high energy requirement and may release wastes that are harmful to the environment. The negative impacts need to be addressed or can be avoided by opting for an environment friendly alternative available. The „environment guidelines‟ or „environment friendly alternatives‟ for the commodity value chains are presented hereunder: 3.1.1.1. Environmental Guidelines for Agriculture Commodity Value Chains (Rural Value Chains) Table 2: Agriculture Commodity Value Chains: Environmental issues and best practices in Interventions for Productivity enhancement, Storage, Processing etc. S. No Interventions Environmental Impacts Measures 1 Seed Improper Varietal selection may have Suitable varieties based on soil and Production impact on local biodiversity besides input climatic conditions as recommended through Seed cost and yield. by Agriculture dept to be selected. village Good yielding traditional varieties concept and having demand in market to be building encouraged for seed with the help of capacities to suitable technical agencies and produce own agriculture department. seed of selected varieties. 2 Productivity Interventions for productivity enhancement enhancement might lead to the following impacts: Irrigation Excess use of ground water for intensive Use water efficient methods of cropping depleting the ground water irrigation like drip especially for resource. horticultural crops. Pest Use of Non Chemical Pest Management Restrict to the approved and proven management practices (as planned under the project) best Agricultural practices that include when not followed as per the rationale Integrated Pest Management recommended best practices may not such as cultural 20 lead to efficient pest control resorting the practices , suitable Resistant varieties, use of chemicals. sowing times, physical methods like setting traps and trap crops and biological control methods including bio control agents and botanical extracts – followed under the programme - Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture (CMSA) (excepting use of tobacco)1. Annexure 4 gives more details on CMSA. Avoid use of Internationally banned Use of pesticides (in case if pesticides are or restricted pesticides such as the used by some farmers) in more quantities ones classifies as WHO Classes Ia than desired leading to runoff into water and Ib (Annexe 4 of Annexure 3). bodies and polluting them and polluting The use of WHO class II pesticides environment, negative effects on health should be always associated with etc. proper training on handling and use as well as adequate protective gears. When pesticide use is unavoidable Use of chemical pesticides without use the pesticides that are permitted following safety precautions while mixing with necessary safety precautions and spraying and unsafe disposal of prescribed by the Agriculture containers will lead to health hazards and Department and follow the pollute the environment, may turn International Code of Conduct on hazardous to cattle and aquatic life. Pesticide Management2. Detailed training modules and communication material is required to integrate into the productivity enhancement trainings. Follow the waiting periods for use of Use of pesticides just before harvest, pesticides for the crops as suggested especially on vegetables and greens will by Agriculture department. lead to ill effects on health of consumer. Strictly avoid reuse of pesticide Open disposal of pesticide container and containers, and dispose them safely by reuse may lead to health hazards to cattle burying in landfills or in field away and humans. from water resources after triple rinsing and crushing. Wash the sprayers near the filed by Washing the sprayers in water bodies may drawing water from water bodies lead to contamination and pose 1 Crop wise CMSA methods, Protocols for using botanical extracts viewed at http://65.19.149.140/pilots/cmsanew/ab_us/Botanicalextracts.pdf, accessed on 3rd October 2014. 2 International Code of Conduct on the Distribution and Use of Pesticides, viewed at ftp://ftp.fao.org/docrep/fao/005/y4544e/y4544e00.pdf, on 3rd October 2014. 21 health hazards to cattle and people using nearby. the water source. Fertiliser use. Soil degradation due to fertilizer use in Adopt organic manuring practices as more quantities and high uptake of far as possible. Any chemical fertilizer nutrients due to high responding varieties. application should be based on soil testing. Lack of information on weather updates may lead to untimely operations leading The member farmers can be linked to crop loss due to unexpected dry spells with sms based weather update or rains. systems to avoid untimely operations. Eg: Strategic Pilot on Adaptation to Climate Change (SPACC) project. 3 Drying Storage of grains and products like Dry the product to attain prescribed turmeric, cashew, coffee etc. needs drying moisture level. to attain prescribed moisture level to avoid pest and disease infestation which may call for chemical use for management. Drying on open grounds may contaminate Drying on cement platforms, mats etc. the produce with dirt, microbes etc. which will protect the produce from will reduce the quality of produce will contamination. Use solar dries have an impact on health. wherever possible. 4 Storage Storage facilities when not properly Storage facility should be well ventilated will attract pest and moisture ventilated and free of moisture which will spoil the produce. And pest seepage. Care must be taken to ensure infestation may lead to pesticide use this during construction or renting of which may leave harmful residues on such facilities. produce. Storage pest infestation is a common Dry the produce to recommended problem during storage. Stored productmoisture level to avoid pest pest control involves use of fumigantsinfestation. Keep the storage area clean and dry. which leave residues on food products and are harmful for health. Repair all crevices cracks in the godown to eliminate pest breeding. Follow natural methods of storage pest control such as impregnating gunny sacks in neem oil, using dried neem leaves along with the produce, etc. Chemicals stored along with food Chemicals/pesticides/weedicides / commodities may contaminate the fertilizers should not be stored along produce or give off flavors. with food commodities Organic produce stored along with non It is advisable to store organic 22 organic produce may lead to adulteration. produce separately. 5 Milling Noise pollution to the workers and in the Noise protective equipment should be neighborhood due to milling. provided to the operator of the machines. Silencer should be attached to the equipment to reduce noise from the equipment to surrounding areas. Fine dust during milling will lead to health Person using these machines must issues like allergy, asthma in long run. wear mask for preventing the problem related to inhalation. 6 Processing Processing and value addition may require Use energy efficient equiepment for and value high amount of energy and water processing (such as steam boilers in addition depleting local fuel and water resources turmeric, steam roaster in cashew or and increasing emissions due to energy aqua pulper in coffee). use. Accidents and health hazards are possible Take safety precautions and use safety during processing involving machinery. gear during processing. Unhygienic environment or practices at The processing environment should be processing will contaminate the food kept clean and personal hygiene is products. must among the workers. 7 Transport Organic produce may get contaminated Vehicles used for transport for when transported along with other non chemicals should not be used for food commodities like fertilizers, transport of edible produce. The pesticides etc. vehicle should be cleaned and dried before transportation of food grains etc. 8 Waste Disposal of wastes openly after milling or Explore the alternate uses for the disposal waste (water, seed coats, peels, etc.) after wastes, in cases where they cannot be processing may create unhygienic put to alternate use dispose the wastes environment due to decomposition. as per the prescribed procedures. 9 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to non Awareness and training programmes environment adoption of the guidelines need to be organized for community guidelines and involved stakeholders. Good practices that enhance the value: • Demonstration Plots and FFS – with reference to demonstration plots and Farmer Field Schools the demonstrations should be accurate based on scientific explanation to enhance adoption. Any mistakes or loopholes will reduce confidence among farmers. • Standardizing the practices under each crop referring to existing CMSA methods and thorough trainings and developing materials in local language may ensure the adoption of NPM methods. While the productivity enhancement, processing and storage interventions could vary from crop to crop (which are given in Annexure 5), there will be some common infrastructure related interventions required for all the crops. 23 Common Infrastructural facilities to be provided across APRIGP in Agriculture Commodity value chains: • Upgraded custom Hiring centres: Twenty-one districts (in erstwhile state) already have several custom hiring centres initiated under CMSA at the cluster level. Some of the instruments provided to these custom hiring centres are power tillers, sprayers, markers, weeders, neem pulverisers, grinders for preparation of botanical extracts etc. • Non Chemical Pest Management (NPM) shops: Already existing NPM shops in the Mandal will be upgraded in order to meet the demand for NPM products and wider promotion of NPM concepts. • Procurement centre at Mandal level: Two acres of land will be taken on rent for a period of 2 months in the harvesting period for procurement of the harvest. • Storage warehouse cum wholesale outlet: A brick and mortar structure will be indentified or erected in order to enable storage of collected grains and help the farmers to get the benefit of the sale of the milled rice grains to the end consumer. • Transport to and from procurement centre or storage ware house: Transportation of procured products needs hiring of vehicles. Table 3: Environmental Issues and Best practices in creation and maintenance of common infrastructural facilities provided to support the value chains: S. Interventions Environmental Impacts Measures No. 1 Upgraded Custom Spread of weeds and pathogens from one Clean machinery and tools after Hiring Centres field to other field through uncleaned farm every use to ensure no weed seed, machinery and implements. This will pathogens etc. are carried over to further encourage use of fungicides and next field. weedicides. Use of some of the machinery such as Ensure purchase of fuel efficient Power Weeders, Power sprayers and models of this equipment. Proper Power tillers will increase use of fuels and maintenance (regular cleaning will cause emission of GHGs (Green and service) would lead to House Gases). The exhaust fumes from enhanced efficiency. this farm machinery pollute local environment quality. There can be some safety hazards owing Awareness on safe use and first to use of machinery. aid requirements to be ensured. 2 Non Chemical Storage of botanical ingredients like neem Proper drying and storage in a dry Pest Management seed for long time without proper drying and shaded place will ensure Shops (NPM etc. Will lead to spoilage of the longevity of the raw material shops) raw material through molds or even have and quality of the extracts 24 impact on human health and quality of NPM preparations (extracts). Continuous handling of botanical extracts, Use of safety gear like gloves and raw materials like neem might cause nose masks and hand washing health hazards. Though neem is a plant with soap should be promoted with numerous health benefits its overuse after handling of botanical and constant exposure may lead to some extracts and their ingredients. allergic reactions such as rash or hives, itching, swelling of the mouth or throat, wheezing, difficulty in breathing etc. Neem can be toxic to children and its consumption may lead to vomiting, loose stools, drowsiness, anaemia, seizure etc. Use of botanicals like tobacco decoction Avoid the tobacco based extracts may be harmful to the people involved in as well as all products that are not preparation and spraying. officially registered for use. Collection of plant material for Collection should ensure enough propagules preparation of botanical extracts in excess are left for regeneration so as to ensure quantities might affect the regeneration sustainable harvest of raw capacity of the specific plant species in the area. materials. Compensatory plantation of the plant species used to ensure sustainable use. Untimely use of NPM principles and non Proper use in proper dosages usage in optimum quantities may not should be ensured for better result in desired outcome leading to results. The NPM shops should chemical application again. be able guide on this. Preparation of botanical extracts involves Smokeless chulha can be use of fuel wood for boiling which may promoted for reducing its ill impact local fuel wood resources and effects on health. generates smoke which is harmful to health. 3 Procurement Movement of vehicles to and fro Frequent water sprinkling on the centre at Mandal transporting the procured grains may road and near ground to avoid level result in dust. excessive dust. Avoid clearing to vegetation to Clearing of vegetation may affect local biodiversity and local environment. the extent possible. In case of necessity to clear the vegetation take required permissions and do compensatory plantation. 4 Storage Construction of a brick and mortar Careful selection of site in order warehouse at structure for storage would involve to avoid trouble for neighboring Mandal level following negative environmental people. 25 (this storage impacts: structure will also • Possible clearing of vegetation or Minimize the need for cutting the act as a point to cutting of trees to set up the structure trees and damage to native wholesale would involve negative impact to the vegetation. marketing point environment. Take required permissions (as for the grains) indicated in negative list and legal and regulatory framework) in case of need to cut trees. Compensatory plantation if there is any vegetation loss. Frequent water sprinkling near storage area and approach road to avoid excessive dust during construction. • Construction waste, solid waste and Dispose the debris away from the heat and pollution affect the local site preferably in landfills or use environment quality. for activities like road • Open disposal of debris near the site or construction. Fill all the borrow near drains etc. will cause pits to avoid hazards like inconvenience and block drains. accidental falls, water stagnation Unfilled borrow pits are a hazard, etc. leading to accidental falls, water stagnation etc. Lighting equipment in storage houses Use of LED lighting can reduce with high energy consumption leads to the electricity consumption GHG emissions. drastically. Providing adequate natural ventilation during construction will reduce the need for energy consumption for lighting. Collaborate with municipal authorities for temporary or permanent road widening to cater to the additional truck traffic and future traffic. Avoid truck traffic during morning and evening rush hours. Environmental impacts during operation of the storage warehouse might have the following impacts Flocking of vehicles around the Regulate traffic to avoid warehouse will generate air pollution and inconvenience, use clean fuels. noise pollution. Improper storage may lead to spoilage of Store the grains on elevated produce through mold infestation, pest structures (dunnage) to avoid 26 attack and may encourage use of direct contact with floor and to chemicals and fumigants. provide aeration. Bags should not touch the walls to prevent the absorption of moisture and serve as hiding places for rats. Fix Zinc sheets at the bottom of the wooden doors to prevent entry of rats. Block all drainage holes with wired mesh and use rat traps. Rats can be killed with bait of balls made of horse gram flour and cotton thread or flour mixed with cement. Mix leaves of Neem, Karanj, Custard apple, Adathoda and Tulsi to protect grains from storage insects. Storage location should be high Water leakage in godowns will encourage and not prone to flooding. molds and there by chemical use. Jute bags are placed in lots of 6 (Breadth) x 10 (length) x 7 m (Height) on wooden platform or concrete blocks on the ground with a gap of 15 cm between the floor and the bag. 5 Hiring Transportation agency with old and ill Collective transportation by transportation serviced vehicles may cause more transportation agency using well agency for emissions. serviced vehicles will lead to aggregation and efficient utilization of vehicles, transportation. will minimise fuel consumption and will ultimately lead to less emission of green house gases. 6 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to non Awareness and training environment adoption of the guidelines programmes need to be guidelines organized for the members. Good practices that enhance the value: • Lack of proper ventilation and improper stacking of bags will encourage storage pests and molds. Proper ventilation should be provided during construction. • Leakage proof construction with better drainage facility to drain the clean water etc. ensures safe storage of the produce. 27 3.1.1.2. Environmental Guidelines for Livestock Value Chains Background: Dairy: APRIGP milk producers with a target to improve production of milk through best livestock management practices. The interventions will include induction of high yielding animals, capacity building, fodder requirements etc. Poultry: APRIGP is planning to reach poultry producers to produce quality chicken meat and improve production of eggs through best poultry management practices. The key interventions include introduction of dual purpose birds, improving access to better veterinary services, access to low cost inputs, convergence with suppliers and marketing tie ups. Small ruminants: APRIGP targets goat and sheep producers to improve production of meat by adopting better management practices. The key interventions proposed include induction of small ruminants, increasing productivity of animals by adopting better management practices and access to veterinary services and establishing marketing channels. Fisheries: Dry fish: APRIGP will target 20,000 fry fish producers and to market 1,60,000 tons of quality dry fish processed under hygienic conditions. The key interventions will include input arrangement and marketing, quality enhancement, value addition, certification and improving market access. The intervention will be implemented in 67 mandals of 9 coastal districts of Andhra Pradesh – Srikakulam, Vizianagaram, Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Krishna, Guntur, Prakasam and Nellore3. Wet fish: APRIGP will target 30,000 producers to market 2,40,0004 tons of processed and cleaned wet fish. The key interventions include hygienic processing and value addition, packaging, certification and marketing. Table 4: Environmental Issues and Best practices in Livestock (dairy, small ruminants, poultry and fisheries) related value chains: S. Interventions Environmental Impacts Measures No. 1. Legal Permission etc. may be required for Required norms should be met as per requirements grazing near forest areas, fishing etc. the recommendations given in legal and regulatory framework and commodity wise guidelines. 2 Selection of Breeds and varieties that are not Select locally suitable breeds and breeds and suitable to the location may not varieties that respond well to the local varieties (in perform well and increase the cost conditions there by reducing external dairy, small and effort on resources like and inputs and maintenance costs ruminants, fodder, water, feed etc. for 3 Numbers are approximate, subject to change 4 Numbers are approximate, subject to change 28 poultry and maintenance. fisheries) 3 Shed, spacing Improper spacing, over stocking Recommended ratio of spacing, stocking density leads to disease spreads and there by stocking etc. to be followed for health etc. use of curative drugs etc. of the animals. Details are provided in Annexure 5. 4 Feed Over grazing livestock or wastage Grazing or feeding of livestock should management during stall feeding leads to stress on be as per the recommendations environment. (provided in the Annexure 5), 5 Waste Open disposal of wastes leads to Waste disposal should be through management (in unhygienic environment. composting or putting to alternate use dairy and etc. as provided in activity specific poultry) guidelines in Annexure 5. 6 Disposal of Open disposal leads to contamination Recommended methods of disposal carcasses (dairy of water resources and leads to spread such as burying or burning should be and poultry) of diseases in followed. case of diseased animals. 7 Value addition Energy use and waste disposal could Prescribed standards are to be (milk cooling, be an environmental issues in value followed as suggested in commodity fish processing addition wise guidelines in Annexure 5. etc. 8 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to non Awareness and training programmes environment adoption of the guidelines need to be organized for the guidelines members. Commodity wise environment guidelines are presented in Annexure 5, along with list of support agencies which can be used for greening specific value chains during the preparation of business plans. 3.1.2. Subcomponent 2 – Rural Retail Chains/Social Enterprises This sub component aims to derive social impact in terms of delivery of enhanced and improved quality of consumption at a rural household, by making available good quality, affordable, safe and nutritious food items, personal hygiene products, other essential goods and essential services to the poorest of the poor households by organizing a network of (existing) rural retail outlets (KRuSHE Marts) and (existing & new) home-based enterprises (KRuSHE Enterprises). This section discusses the potential environmental issues and environment friendly alternatives (environment guidelines) for KRuSHE Enterprises and KRuSHE Marts. 29 KRuSHE Enterprises: KRuSHE Enterprises are divided in to two major categories – farm products and nonfarm products. 1. Farm products: Farm products include food products like highly nutritional products, value added agriculture products, processed value added horticulture products eg: pine apple juice, jam, jelly, powders like turmeric, chilli, coriander etc., pickles, dry fish and fresh fish etc. 2. Non Farm products: Non farm products includes chemical products eg: phenyl, detergent, liquid blue, soap, agarbatti, candles, pain balm, chalk piece etc, textile products and handicraft eg: Dwacra crafts leather crafts, wrought iron crafts etc. The farm and non farm products that KRuSHE enterprises will deal with are presented below: Farm Products Non Farm products Ginger products Textiles Hill brooms Handlooms Leaf plates Hand bags Tamarind School bags Chilli powder Candles Masala powder Bangles Turmeric powder Agarbathi Cashew nut Rangoli Pickles Soaps Rice mill Detergents, washing powder Bengal gram dal Phenyl Dry copra Pain balm Herbal products Chalk pieces Redgram dal Shampoo Sesamum oil Paper plates Mango jelly Acids Coconut oil Liquid blue Ground nut Salt Honey Paper covers Vermicelli Footwear Sweet, milk products Basket making Snacks and bakery Mineral water Papads Coir products Dry fish Environment Impacts of KRuSHE Enterprises: Negative impact on environment is possible during various steps in processing and manufacture of farm and non farm products. The environmental impacts and eco friendly alternatives for different activities allied with KRuSHEE Marts and the mitigation measures are presented hereunder: 30 3.1.2.1. Environment Guidelines for Processing and value addition of Farm products Table 5: Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in farm based food product preparation include: S. Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices No value chain or steps in the process 1 Registration, Manufacturing and selling of chemical Registration of unit under DIC is licenses and products without registration and required. Pollution Control Board permissions license is illegal. Food processing units (PCB) permissions are required also need licenses along with small based on type of activity. Food scale industries. processing units should obtain licenses. 2 Storage of raw Improper storage of raw materials i.e. Raw materials should be properly materials and in moist, unclean conditions leads to stored in containers with lids in finished products. spoilage or contamination of the clean and dry place (prescribed products and chemical raw materials standards are to be followed for poses health risks to the people around. each material). Few materials lead to explosions and fire hazards when not stored in required Finished products should be manner. properly labeled with manufacture and expiry dates and stored in clean and dry place. 3 Manufacture Manufacture without following The machinery should be kept clean prescribed standards under health and and the workers should follow the hygiene affects the quality of produce. prescribed standards of hygiene such as bathing, hand washing, using gloves, masks and hair caps etc. 4 Use of additives, Use of non permitted additives and Only the permitted additives and preservatives preservatives is illegal and pose health preservatives should be used as per risks to the workers and consumers. the recommendations given in activity specific guidelines in the Annexe 2 of Annexure 6. 5 Energy use Energy is required for heating, boiling, In case of cooking fuel efficient grinding, extraction, drying etc. devices should be used. Biomass or solar devices can be promoted to conserve energy. 6 Use of water Water is required for cleaning, Water efficient devices should be washing, boiling etc. promoted. 7 Maintenance and Irregular cleaning or maintenance will Regular upkeep should be followed upkeep of lead to contamination and improper as per the prescribed standards. machinery functioning. Possibility of accidents during handling Personnel should be well trained machinery. and first aid kit should be available. 31 8 Waste disposal Open disposal of decomposable wastes Wastes should be properly disposed leads to contamination of surroundings as per the recommendations given though decomposition, attracting in activity specific environment insects, leaving chemical residues etc. guideline s given in Annexure 6. 9 Facilities at Lack of required basic amenities will The work space should be processing and affect health of workers. ventilated to the extent possible. manufacturing Should have drinking water and centres. toilet facilities. 10 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to non Awareness and training environment adoption of the guidelines programmes need to be organized guidelines for the workers and entrepreneurs. 32 3.1.2.2. Environment Guidelines for Manufacture of Non Farm products Table 6: Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in nonfarm based enterprises include: S. Activity in the value Possible issues Interventions, Best practices No chain or steps in the process 1 Registration, licenses Manufacturing and selling of Registration of unit under DIC and and permissions chemical products without chemical license and testing for toxic registration and license is illegal. material is required with help of Pollution Control Board. 2 Raw material Poor quality raw material lead to Authentic source of raw material and (Chemical) burning of hands, breathing suppliers to be ensured and training problems etc. during preparation on proportion of raw material to be and end use of the product. mixed up can be given. 3 Storage of raw materials Improper storage of raw materials Raw materials should be properly and finished products leads to spoilage or contamination stored in containers with lids in of products. clean and dry place as per prescribed standards. Finished products should be properly labeled with manufacture and expiry date and stored in clean and dry place. 4 Processing and Manufacture without following Hand gloves, nose masks and manufacture prescribed standards affects the goggles should be used while health of workers. handling the raw materials or finished products. 5 Energy use Energy is required by machinery Green sources of energy can be for heating, running mixing, promoted to conserve energy based packing, etc. and will have impact on feasibility. through GHG emissions. 6 Use of water Water is required for cleaning, Water efficient devices should be washing, boiling etc. As the promoted. requirement is in large quantities this will have impact on local water resources. 7 Maintenance and Possibility of accidents during Personnel should be well trained and upkeep of machinery handling machinery. first aid kit should be available. 8 Waste disposal Open disposal of chemical wastes Wastes should be properly disposed or cleaned water leads to as per the recommendations given in contamination of surroundings and activity specific environment water bodies. guideline is given in Annexure 6. 9 Facilities at processing Lack of required basic amenities The work space should be ventilated and manufacturing will affect health of workers. to the extent possible. Should have centres drinking water and toilet facilities. 10 Packaging Use of un decomposable Bio degraded able ingredients and 33 packaging material further cause re-useable packaging should be the soil pollution. promoted. 11 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to Awareness and training programmes environment guidelines non adoption of the guidelines need to be organized for the entrepreneurs and workers. KRuSHE Marts: The project will organise rural retail chains by creating a network of KRuSHE Marts that offer branded and non-branded households goods and daily needs at lower cost. The project will aim at transforming traditional Kirana shops and other retail outlets into KRuSHE Mart outlets. 3.1.2.3. Environment Guidelines for Rural Retail Chains: KRuSHE Marts Environmental impacts here will include ventilation, storage practices, labeling, packing etc. Table 7: Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for KRuSHE marts include: S. Key aspects in Possible issues Interventions, Best practices No Rural marts 1 Rural mart Poor ventilation, possibility of The marts should be well ventilated, structure moisture seepage etc. will favor the moisture proof. pest and mold growth. 2 Storage of The large scale storage of The provisions should be stored in air provisions provisions attracts pests and offers tight packed conditions to the extent scope for fast multiplication possible and should be placed on a necessitating the chemical use for cement or wooden platform. pest control which may Natural precautions like adding neem contaminate the products posing leaves, spraying the container and health risks. floor with neem seed kernel extract Contact with moisture will lead to etc. should be followed. fungal growth, off flavors etc. Consumable items (nutri products) Consumable items should not be when stored with products of stored with goods of chemical nature chemical nature may contaminate such as mosquito coils, pest repellent the product or give unfavorable liquids or tobacco products. odors. The unpacked ready to consume items like nutri products should be stored in clean containers with lids. 3 Product Out dated products or products that Each product packed and sold by the durability, are stored for long time will lead to KRuSHE mart should have mention of labeling health issues when consumed. expiry date. Any pest or mold infested or outdated products should be cleared and disposed safely on regular basis. 4 Package material Use of plastic bags under thickness Use news paper wrapping or cloth of 20 microns is not allowed for bags for supplying the provision to the 34 packaging due to their non consumer. recyclable nature and potential Encourage the consumers to bring negative impact on environment. cloth bags. 5 Adoption of Lack of awareness may lead to non Awareness and training programmes environment adoption of the guidelines. need to be organized for community guidelines and involved stakeholders from the village. Good Practices: • Flammable items when not stored in required condition may lead to accidents. Flammable items should be stored separately in prescribed conditions. The activity specific Environment Guidelines for farm and nonfarm activities under Rural retail chains and are attached as Annexure 6 along with list of support agencies. These guidelines can be used during development of business plans. 3.2. Component 2- Human Development (HD) The HD component will build upon the existing government and civil society structures and mechanisms such as, Maarpu, IAH, NBA,NDCC, etc. HD plans will be developed at village level to identify gaps related to HD and will try to address the gaps by developing a convergence model that supports the strengthening of existing nutrition, health, sanitation and pre-school education service delivery facilities at the village level by providing additional financing for gap filling and incentives and awards for performance. The approach of the project looks at three sub components: 1. Strengthening demand for improved quality service delivery through community participation, and 2. Strengthening supply of key services through improving skills in community engagement, motivation of the FLWs and community monitoring. 3. Linkages with value chains for improved nutritional outcomes The activities under each sub component and applicability of EMF is presented here under: Table 8: Applicability of EMF to HD components S. Component Key activities Applicability of EMF No 1. Strengthening demand for Developing village HD plans. Integrating Environment guidelines improved quality Rollout of village HD plans. into HD plan preparation and nutrition, health and pre- implementation. school education service Capacity building HD teams Integration environmental aspects delivery through at village and mandal levels. into creation of safe drinking water community participation and sanitation facilities and Awareness programmes for maintenance. behavioral change on water Importance of environmental and sanitation and nutrition sanitation. aspects. 2. Strengthening supply of Strengthening district training Integration of module on 35 key nutrition, health and teams of line departments. environment guidelines to be pre-school education Technical trainings to front followed during creation and services through line workers. maintenance of Water and Sanitation improving skills in facilities and nutrition related community engagement, interventions. motivation of the FLWs and community monitoring. 3. Linkages with value Farmer Field Schools for Organic methods of cultivation. chains for improved nutrition sensitive agriculture. nutritional outcomes Nutri shops and take away Environmental guidelines for food centres. infrastructure, cooking and storage. Community kitchens. Sanitation and supply of safe Environment guidelines for drinking drinking water. water and sanitation – operation, maintenance. Village level HD plans: Village level HD plans will be prepared to indentify the HD issues and gaps in the village. As part of HD plan preparation household surveys as well as village facility surveys will be conducted related to water, sanitation, health, nutrition, education and livelihoods. The HD plan process will be facilitated by a team of specially trained Community Resource Persons (CRPs) with support of Village Health Nutrition and Sanitation Committees (VHNSC). 25 villages (approx) of each mandal will be provided with HD Investment Fund (HDIF) of Rs 4.50lakhs (approx). The budget will be utilised towards WASH, nutrition, health and ECE for improved health outcomes and also to prevent anaemia among adolescent girls. The fund could be used for activities like gap financing or providing loans for building toilets, provision of drinking water (through convergence), procurement of seeds for kitchen gardens, developing community kitchen, cleaning of drains etc. The HD interventions and environment guidelines for the same are discussed below: 3.2.1. Environment Guidelines for ensuring and monitoring safe drinking water supply: This activity focuses on addressing gaps in provision of safe drinking water in the villages especially in fluoride affected villages. This would involve working with GPs, mobilization of Village Health Nutrition and Sanitation Committees (VHNSC). This may also establish convergence with NREGS for building community water and sanitation assets. Table 9: Environment guidelines for Drinking water supply monitoring: S. Component Possible Issue Intervention or best practice No 1 Source of There is possibility of contamination of Water should be testing in the lab drinking water the surface water source with fecal matter facility of RWS with help of and other organic pollutants, debris etc. Panchayat before arranging for the Inorganic pollution is also possible supply. 36 through fertilizer runoff, high concentration of fluoride, arsenic, nitrate Water testing should be done by the etc. in cases where ground water is the VHNSC, VOs (sending the samples source. to RWS laboratory) on regular basis as part of monitoring. 2 Use of ground In case if the water source is ground water, Recharge structures should be water over exploitation coupled with lack of planned for all ground water recharge may leading drying up sources with support from of the bore well. department of RWS. 3 Supply system In the piped supply system leakages are The concerned committee in the possible which leads to contamination VHNSC, VO responsible for with sewage water near drains etc. monitoring should regularly check for any leakages at regular intervals and get the issues solved with help of PRI and the department of Rural Water Supply. 4 Fecal Fecal contamination is possible in The monitoring committee in the contamination in monsoon causing diarrhea. VHNSC, VO should be equipped monsoons with H2S vials for checking water quality at regular intervals. 5 Water storage and Even if water supplied is safe Awareness programmes to be handling at contamination and ill health is possible at planned at village level on practices household level household level due to wrong practices in like boiling water in monsoon, safe storage and handling water. storage, handling water through ladle, using clean tumblers etc. Practices like household level purification should also be promoted. 6 Deflouridation In villages where deflouridation units are About 80-100 gms of sludge is treatment plants established disposal of sludge may pose generated per 1000 liters of water in villages with and serious environment hazard. in electrolytic deflouridation units. fluoride Feasible options for sludge contamination. treatment and disposal are to be explored – such as brick making and sanitary landfills. Dewatering the sludge allows for safe storage for a period of time which can be used for dry land filling. 7 Use and The established facilities will not serve the Awareness and training maintenance purpose if guidelines on proper use and programmes need to be organized maintenance are not followed. for community and involved stakeholders from the village. 37 Fluoride problem and issue of sludge disposal: Fluoride has beneficial effects on teeth at low concentrations in drinking-water, but excessive exposure to fluoride in drinking-water (above 1.5 mg per litre as per WHO standards), or in combination with exposure to fluoride from other sources, can give rise to a number of adverse effects. These range from mild dental fluorosis to crippling skeletal fluorosis as the level and period of exposure increases. Crippling skeletal fluorosis is a significant cause of morbidity. In Andhra Pradesh 6 districts are endemic to fluorisis. These are - Kadapa, Krishna, Kurnool, Chittoor, Guntur, Nellore. Discharge of the sludge collected in the treatment plants is an issue of concern as open disposal (which is a normal practice) will lead to leaching into ground water. For safe disposal the fluoride should be dewatered using vacuum filters and dried. It can added to the soil used for brick making (to large quantities of soil so that the concentration of fluoride is diluted) or for concrete blocks. The requisite equipment for the same and the guidelines for disposal should be built into the contracts. 3.2.2. Creation of Sanitation facilities: This activity focuses on leveraging investments made by SERP in the institutional platform of SHGs and VOs to work on mobilization around sanitation, open defecation free villages and access to sanitation services in select mandals. This would involve working with GPs, mobilization of Village Health Sanitation and Nutrition Committees. Based on HD plan financial assistance (loans) may be provided for building toilets. These activities may be done convergence with NREGS. Table 10: Environment Guidelines for construction of IHHL: S. Component Possible Issue Intervention or best practice No 1 Location ofthe Toilet location near to the drinking Safe distance from drinking water toilet water source has high chances of sources to be followed. The location contaminating the water. of the septic tank should be downhill from the water source depending on feasibility. The safe distance depends on local hydrological conditions, however 30 mts is treated as safe distance5. Location too far from the house or Appropriate location should be too near to the house may deter the selected which will not discourage the use. use in consultation with the household. 2 Water facility in Lack of water facility inside Water facility should be provided side toilet discourages the use and affects inside to the extent possible. cleanliness. 2 pit system toilet with Pan with steep slope 250-280 and trap with 20 mm water seal as designed by Sulabh International will reduce the usage of 5 Septic Tanks, http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/hygiene/emergencies/fs3_9.pdf viewed on 28th March 2014. 38 water (required 1-1.5 lits for flushing)6. In areas with water scarcity water efficient toilets like ecosan toilets can be constructed. 3 Hand wash facility Practice of not washing hands after Hand wash facility outside the toilet toilet use will cause fecal should be made integral part of design contamination of food and water or facility of water and soap while handling, eating etc. should be made available outside. 4 Ventilation Poor ventilation discourages use Proper ventilation to be ensured as by children and affects cleanliness lack of ventilation or electricity and maintenance. discourages the use 5 Construction Cost and availability of space and The following low cost options can models water is a constraint for toilet be explored based on need: construction in many areas. Plinth level toilet with temporary super structure can be constructed which is of low cost. Use of hollow bricks will reduce cost Eco san toilets – in water scarce areas. Biogas linked toilets depending on acceptability. Anganwadi toilets are not used Child friendly anganwadi toilets with when not designed specific to child easy access to water tub, provision of needs. opening from inside and outside, small 14 inches pan, water storage at 1 feet ht. 6 Disposal of Open disposal of debris near the The debris should be disposed away construction debris toilet itself sometimes block the from the site preferably though land access and acts as hiding place for filling. snakes etc. Debris disposed near drains leads to stagnation obstructing the flow. 7 Use and Improper use and maintenance Awareness programmes should be maintenance will lead to defunct facilities organized for community on proper use and maintenance. 3.2.3. Environment Guidelines to be integrated into the awareness programmes facilitating use and proper disposal of Sanitary napkins: The sanitary napkins should not be disposed openly into garbage as it poses health hazards. They should but burnt or buried. Burial is recommended as safe practice as burning leads to harmful gases because of plastic. A deep burial pit can be constructed for burial in a common location. 6 Two Pit System, viewed at http://www.sulabhinternational.org/content/two-pit-system, on 28th March 2014. 39 Low cost environment friendly napkins should be explored for promotion in the villages. Reusable cloth sanitary napkin production by SHGs is being explored in Trichy, Tamil Nadu7. 3.2.4. Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Gardens: Nutrition gardens at household will be promoted through Farmer Field School (FFS) approach under HD component. To deliver the service at FFS, an extension person or nutrition specialist will be positioned in every mandal. Kitchen gardens, backyard poultry can play an important role in dietary diversity and in increasing the consumption of micronutrient-rich foods. This component will introduce a diversity of crops, locally, affordable and easily adopted by communities. 7 Environment Friendly and Low cost Sanitary pads viewed at https://onepercentclub.com/en/#!/projects/environment- friendly-and-low-cost-sanitary-pads/plan on 28th March 2014. Another link: http://ecofemme.org/about/media/ 40 Table 11: Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Gardens: S. Component Possible Issue Intervention or best practice No 1 Selection of varieties Varieties not suitable to local Grow locally available good conditions and hybrids may not yielding varieties. provide better nutrition but may increase costs for pest and disease management. 2 Pest and disease Use of chemicals for nutrient, pest The kitchen garden should be management and disease will lead to harmful grown by organic methods only. chemical residues in food and soil, affect local biodiversity. 3 Water use Flood method of irrigation need Drip method or IDA drip method more quantities of water. can be followed to conserve water. 3.2.5. Environment Guidelines for Nutrition Cum Day Care Centers (NDCCs), Community Kitchens, Nutri product preparation: Supporting communities set up community kitchens and nutrition enterprises in a hub-and-spoke model to prepare and supply nutritious meals to ICDS, Mid-Day Meal, destitute feeding centers, etc. in a healthy and hygienic manner. The same kitchen will also be used to develop nutri-products .These enterprises could be linked to local value chains developed under the project. The project also aims at transformation of the village Kirana stores into a convenient and affordable access point for good quality, safe and nutritious food. This would create a rural retail chain that connects local producers for various food and nutrition products, local branded products and doorstep outlets. These stores would also be linked with organic and pesticide free sustainable agriculture program which supports more than a million organic producers. The project would work on developing a brand of KRuSHE which all these stores would carry. Table 12: Environment guidelines for NDCCs, Community kitchens and nutri products preparation: S. Component Possible Issue Intervention or best practice No 1 NDCC or Lack of proper ventilation needs more Well ventilated spaces should be community energy for lighting and will not be of hired or ventilation should be kitchen facility convenience for cooking, eating etc. given importance during construction. 2 Raw materials, Products from chemical farming will Organic products or the products ingredients used have negative impact on health. from CMSA should be used to the for cooking extent possible. Diversified food products with high nutritive values like millets, greens, egg etc. should be considered for ensuring required nutrition uptake. 3 Storage of cereals Improper storage of the ingredients Storage should be in clean, dry 41 pulses, oil etc. leading to contact with moistures, places with in tightly packed exposure to pests like rats etc. will spoil containers or containers with lids, the quality there by having impact on covers. Food products should not health. be stored along with any products of chemical nature. Outdated raw materials or raw materials stored for long periods should not be used. Raw materials should be inspected at regular intervals and any spoiled materials should be safely discarded. Storage pest Use of chemicals to control storage pests Non Chemical Pest Management control like cockroaches, rats etc. as they may methods like neem leaves, dry contaminate the food. chillies etc. can be used for storing the raw materials. 4 Cooking practices Cooking and serving in unclean, not Cooking should be done in clean properly washed and dried vessels may and dry vessels. The vessels lead to contamination of food. should be washed properly after cooking and serving and dried in sun. Cooking and serving without washing Wearing gloves and hair cap hands may also contaminate the food. while serving is advisable. Eating food without washing hands will Hand wash facilities (soap and allow bacteria and virus present on hands water) should be provided at to contaminate the food. nutrition centre. In case of children it is advisable to taste the food before serving. 5 Storage of cooked Storage of food without covers, lids etc. The cooked food until served or food. will attract flies and poses risk of sold should be stored in clean and contamination causing health hazards dry containers that are properly covered with lids. 6 Cooking and Un clean cooking and washing place Cooking pace should be kept washing place will encourage flies and pests. clean. No water stagnation should be allowed at washing place. Soak pit should be constructed or waste water should be diverted to plants or nutrition garden if available. 7 Waste disposal Open disposal of wastes attracts stray The wastes should be composted dogs, pests and flies and creates un in a pit and the compost can later hygienic conditions due to be used for the garden. decomposition. For liquid waste proper drainage 42 facilities with cement canals (preferably closed) should be provided. 8 Indoor air In places where fuel wood stoves are Fuel efficient smokeless cook pollution used the smoke will lead to respiratory stoves or bio gas can be promoted and eye problems. depending on feasibility. 9 Toilet facility Lack of toilet facilities at NDCC or Toilet with water facility should community kitchen will cause be made compulsory at NDCC inconvenience as pregnant mothers and and community kitchens. small children attend and also to workers at community kitchen. Surrounding environment may be spoiled due to lack of facilities. For all the construction related activities under HD component – Kitchens, Toilets, Water supply etc. the guidelines for the construction activities are to be referred given as Annexure 7. However depending on the scale of constructions coming up during the project period special guidelines and site specific Environment Management Plans (EMPs), system of monitoring should be planned and implemented in consultation with the World Bank. 43 3.3. Component 4 – ICT and Partnerships: Objective of ICT is to create and operationalize a state of the art, efficient, effective ICT platform for hosting and enabling the delivery of range of projects – for Human development, Livelihoods and social development - with a focus on delivering last mile services. The key activities to be implemented under partnership include (i) Solutions Marketplaces, Knowledge Events (ii) Financing Public-Private-Community Partnerships: The project will encourage productive partnerships with public, private and social enterprise sectors to increase the integration of poor in performing and remunerative value chains. 3.3.1. Solution market places on Green Business opportunities The objective of this component will be to enhance the environment benefits by organizing an innovation forum or solution market place to address the critical issues identified through environment assessment and that will be identified during the project period. The theme of the solution market place will be – Green Business Opportunities‟ and the objective will be to identify high impact environment management related innovations on value chains and to form productive partnership with Technical Agencies that can provide support on energy efficient processing, improving water use efficiency, waste utilization and recycling, green labeling and marketing etc. The innovation forum or solution market place will be organized inviting high impact solutions for the 8 critical environmental issues that are identified during the environment assessment of the value chains which are mentioned below: Table 13: Critical Environmental Issues indentified in value chains: S. No Interventions Environmental Issues planned to be Residual issues /Value issues to be addressed by SERP need to be Chains addressed addressed 1 Paddy Value Use of chemicals to Plan for Non Chemical Nil Chain enhance productivity methods for crop and to manage pests management. and diseases will lead to pollution of local environment, enters food chain etc. Use of high quantities Promotion of System of Nil of water depletes local Rice Intensification (SRI) water resources to conserve water. Waste management Plan for charcoal Can plan for biomass issues in the briquettes. gassifiers and energy processing, milling is produced can be used an issue when openly for running the mill disposed. and by product charcoal can still be put to 44 suitable use. 2 Red gram Use of chemicals to Plan for Non Chemical Nil enhance productivity methods for crop and to manage pests management. and diseases will lead to pollution of local environment, enters food chain etc. 3 Turmeric Use of chemicals to Plan for Non Chemical Nil enhance productivity methods for crop and to manage pests management and diseases will lead to pollution of local environment, enters food chain etc. Energy and water Use of steam boilers requirement for to conserve water boiling depletes local and energy. fuel and water resources. 4 Cashew Nut Use of chemicals to Plan for Non Chemical enhance productivity methods for crop and to manage pests management. and diseases will lead to pollution of local Not planned. environment, enters food chain etc. Open roasting and Steam roaster should rum roasting be introduced. consume high quantities of energy and have potential health hazards. 5 Coffee Use of chemicals to Plan for Non Chemical Nil enhance productivity methods for crop and to manage pests management. and diseases will lead to pollution of local environment, enters food chain etc. Coffee pulper for wet Modern pulper processing needs high which use less quantities of water quantities of water to which may deplete be used. 45 local water resources. Disposal of waste The waste water can water is an be used for biogas environmental issues generation using due to huge quantities technology and chemical nature. developed by Indian Institute of Science. Open dry processing Solar driers can be affects quality and used. possibilities of contamination are there 6 Dairy Fodder cultivation, Plan for fodder Nil breed and cultivation and breed vaccinations play key upgradation. role on animal health. Waste management poses environmental Biogas plants can be problem when planned through disposed openly CDM project. which is the common practice. 7 Fisheries Waste disposal after Nil Manufacture of processing. poultry feed from fish waste or organic manures can be planned. 8 Small scale Safety issues for the Not planned. Measures to be enterprises workers and waste planned after disposal problems. individual activity assessment. The procedures and standards for announcement, identifying technical support agencies, implementing the high impact solutions etc. will be in line with those that are set for the solution market place. 3.3.2. Green tools for rating and certification of green products under value chains: For rating the greening of value chains, green business opportunities green tools will be developed by a third party certification agency after setting green standards for each product. Software for green rating need to be developed under ICT component. The traceability mechanism for green products will also be developed under ICT. Further details on these are discussed in EMF implementation chapter. 3.3.3. Environment Guidelines for ICT interventions – Use of tablets and e- Waste management. The E waste if not disposed properly it may pollute ground water, soil and air. The heavy metals like cadmium, lead etc may leach from the waste and may pollute the ground water. The 46 presence of metals like cadmium, mercury, lead causes air pollution through harmful emissions. According to e-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011that e-waste generated by them is channelized to the authorised collection centre(s), or registered dismantler(s) or recycler(s) or is returned to the pick up or take back service provided by the producers; and Bulk consumers shall maintain record of e-waste generated by them in the Form 2 and make such record available for scrutiny by the State Pollution Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee concerned. During the purchase required clauses should be included in the contract conditions to ensure that the producer provides SERP with a list of authorized collection centers/dismantlers/recyclers. 47 Chapter - IV 4. EMF Implementation Arrangements The institutional arrangements for EMF and plan of implementation are discussed in this chapter. 4.1. Approach to development of Environment Management Framework (EMF): EMF is designed in consultation with various stakeholders – the project teams, concerned departments, community representatives through field consultations. Respective thematic teams in SERP are involved in the process of EMF development including Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture (CMSA), Livestock and Poultry Development (LPD), KRuSHE teams. Comments on the draft report are obtained from the World Bank team. Consultations: Consultations with key stakeholders (Community, NGOs and representatives from government line departments) are held through workshops in 3 locations – Visakhapattanam representing coastal Andhra region on 25th June 2014, Kurnool representing Rayalseema region on 30th June 2014 and at State level in Hyderabad on 27th September 2014. The reports and participant details are attached as Annexure 8. The EMF is in agreement with the stakeholders and the suggestions by stakeholders are duly integrated into the EMF. This section details the following aspects of the implementation of the Environmental Management Framework (EMF): Greening the business plans (Value chains), business proposals (KRuSHE marts and KRuSHE Enterprises) and HD plans Environment Appraisal for ensuring integration of Environment guidelines into the value chain business plans, KRuSHE Marts & Enterprise proposals and Human Development plans. The following plans will go through the process of Environmental Appraisal o Business Plans developed by Producer Groups o Business proposals developed by KRuSHE entrepreneurs o HD plan under HD component developed by HD teams (HD CRPs) and VHNSCs • Solution market place on „Green Business Opportunities‟ Institutional arrangements for implementation of EMF Monitoring strategy Capacity building plan Budget Timeline 48 Greening Rural Inclusive Growth: Greening the plans and Environmental Appraisal Figure 1: Greening Rural Inclusive Growth - flowchart Business Plans HD Plans and proposals Greening the HD plans Greening value chains Value chains – GCRPs KRuSHE - CKCs HD – HD and WASH CRPs Extension WASH person Screening and EA Specialist from HD Screening and EA and KrRuSHE team (HD team coordinator) Implementation of Producer VHNSC, VO Implementation of Group, with support measures of PRI, depts.. Guidelines Enterprises, Marts Internal monitoring GCRPs ,CKCs HD CRPs, Internal monitoring once every year (M) & (E) and WASH once every year. EMF anchor person, persons at SERA district, SERA External Monitoring External evaluation By External Agency and green rating, and rating by technical certification once every Agency year Green labeling, 49 marketing 50 4.2. Greening the Business Plans, Business Proposals and HD Plans: Producer Group „Business Plans‟ – Rural Value Chains: The Producer Group (PG) will be facilitated by the Village Resource Person (VRP) with support of Community Resource Persons (CRPs). The commodity specific Spear Head Teams (SHT) functioning at cluster level (comprising of Producer Group Specialist; Agri Business Specialist; Extension Specialist; Agriculture Nutrition Specialist etc.) provides support to Producer Group in developing the Business Activity Plans on Value chains for the selected commodities at cluster level – Paddy, Red gram, Turmeric, Cashew nut, Coffee, Dairy, Small ruminants, Poultry, Fisheries etc. Environment Guidelines will be integrated into the value chains by Producer Groups with the support of Green Community Resource Persons (GCRPs) under the guidance of Extension Specialist who is the anchor person for EMF at cluster level as part of SHT. The technical agency on the specific commodity will also take part in this process to provide necessary technical inputs. KRuSHE Marts and Enterprise Business Proposals - Rural Retail Chains: The KRuSHE Marts will be identified by Community KRuSHE Consultants (CKCs) Marts (M) who will consider environmental conditions (as provided in the Table 7) and integrates environment guidelines into the business proposals with the help of Spear Head Teams and Knowledge partners if required. Similarly KRuSHE Enterprises will be identified by Community KRuSHE Consultants (CKC) Enterprises (E) integrating into the business proposals, the activity specific environment guidelines provided in Annexure 6. Village HD Plans: The village HD plans (including WASH Plans) are prepared by HD and VHNSCs involving the PRI. A team of 2 CRPs will cover 5 villages in mandal. The environment guidelines will be integrated by CRPs into HD intervention during the preparation of the plans with the support of HD Coordinator (WASH Coordinator) from mandal HD team. 4.3. Environment Appraisal and Environment Guidelines for greening value chains and HD interventions: 4.3.1. Environment Appraisal of Value chains - Business Plans and Business Proposals Rural Value Chains – Business plans: The Business Plans prepared by PGs with help of Spear Head Teams (SHT) will go through the process of Environment Appraisal in order to verify if the compliance requirement and environment guidelines are duly integrated (any compliance requirements and any possible the negative impacts of the activities proposed under value chain and suggestion of appropriate mitigation measures or environment friendly alternatives, any climate change adaptation measures) into the business plan or not. The responsibility of conducting the environment appraisal of the value chains is with the Extension Specialist who operates at Cluster level as part of SHT. Commodity expert, who operates at District level is responsible for any guidance and monitoring the appraisal. 51 Greening of the Producer Group‟s Business Plan, which is verified by the process of Environment Appraisal, serves as one of the trigger for release of the fund for Producer Groups. Rural Retail Chains – Business proposals: The business proposals for the KRuSHE Marts developed by Community KRuSHE Consultants (CKCs) with help of SHT will be environmentally appraised by Operation Specialist at cluster level with support from Knowledge partner. The business proposals for KRuSHE Enterprises developed by CKC (E) with support from SHT will go through Environmental Appraisal by Enterprise Promoter operating at District Level. The knowledge partner will offer support in the same. 4.3.2. Environment Appraisal of HD Plans The HD plans (including WASH plans) developed under HD component will go through the process of Environment Appraisal to ensure if the plans have due integration of Environmental Guidelines for the activities – Nutrishops, Community kitchens, Nutrition gardens, Individual Household Latrines (IHHLs) and provision of Safe drinking water. The responsibility of integration of Environment Guidelines into HD plans lies with the Community Resource Person and the responsibility of Environment Appraisal of HD plans lies with the HD Coordinator - WASH person trained on EMF operating at cluster or mandal level. Any guidance required will be provided by district WASH Coordinator. The environment guidelines are provided in chapter III and the checklist for construction works as Annexure 7. However for all infrastructure and construction related activities depending on the scale site specific Environment Management Plans (EMPs) are to be developed with support from State Environment Expert and Support Agencies identified. This will be done in consultation with World Bank. 4.3.3. Steps in Greening the Producer Group Business plans, KRuSHE proposals HD Plans and Environment Appraisal Greening of the Business plans involves three steps 1. Screening 2. Integrating Environment guidelines into the plans of value chains, KRuSHE & enterprises and HD Plans 3. Implementation of sustainability measures or environment friendly alternatives. Screening: Screening is done to ensure that no activity on the environmental negative list is taken up as part of the interventions. It should also assess the activities being proposed and ensure that the mitigatory measures provided in the EMF meet the requirements. The Legal and Regulatory Framework and the Do‟s and Don‟ts list (or negative list) will assist in screening. The legal and regulatory framework and negative list of activities is attached as Annexure 3. Integration of Environment Guidelines into PG Business plans and HD plans: Greening of the business plans, business proposals and HD plans is done by referring to the commodity or sector wise Environmental Guidelines for identifying the potential issues and mitigation measures (or 52 sustainability measures) and environment friendly alternatives. The identified mitigation measures and environment friendly alternatives are integrated into the respective plans and proposals along with additional costs if any. All the relevant guidelines to aid in this exercise (list of negative activities, guidelines,) are provided in Annexure 3, 5 and 6. Any technical support for implementation of mitigation measures (training, convergence with main stream programmes etc.) will be provided by the Sector or commodity specific Support Organizations – technical agency/knowledge partner and the concerned thematic units in SERP. Environmental Appraisal Environmental Appraisal is the process of verifying whether the environment guidelines specified are duly integrated into the business plans of PGs by GCRPs, into KRuSHE business Proposals by CKCs (E) & (M) and into HD plans by HD CRPs. An appraisal format will be provided to aid in this. The format is attached as Annexure 9. Environment Appraisal acts as one of the trigger for release of funds for the plans. Table 14: Responsibilities at different levels in integrating environment guidelines into business plans, proposals and HD plans and Environment Appraisal: Task Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Greening the Business plans, proposals and HD plans Producer Group The Producer The commodity Environment The technical Business Plans – Group (PG) will specific Spear Guidelines will be agency on the Rural Value be facilitated by Head Teams integrated into the specific Chains the Village (SHT) functioning value chains by commodity will Resource Person at cluster level Producer Groups also take part in (VRP) with provides support with the support of this process to support of to Producer Group Green Community provide necessary Community in developing the Resource Persons technical inputs. Resource Persons Business Activity (GCRPs) under the (CRPs). Plans on Value guidance of chains for the Extension selected Specialist (who is commodities. the anchor person for EMF at cluster level as part of SHT). Rural retails The KRuSHE Operation chains – Business Marts will be Specialist in the - - proposals for K identified by Spear Head Teams Marts Community and Knowledge KRuSHE partners will Consultants support in (CKCs) Marts (M) integration of the who will consider environment environmental guidelines. conditions (as provided in the Table 7) and 53 integrates environment guidelines into the business proposals. KRuSHE - - Enterprises will be Enterprise identified by promoter and Community Knowledge KRuSHE partners will Consultants support in (CKC) Enterprises integration of the (E) integrating into environment the business guidelines. proposals, the activity specific environment guidelines provided in Annexure 6. Human The village HD The HD - - Development plans are prepared Coordinator at plans (including by HD and WASH mandal and WASH Plans) Community Technical Agency Resource Persons will support in (CRPs) and integration of Village Health environment Nutrition and guidelines. Sanitation Committees District WASH (VHNSC) Coordinator will involving the PRI. offer any required A team of 2 CRPs support. will cover 5 villages in mandal. The environment guidelines are integrated by CRPs into HD plans. Environmental Appraisal Rural chains – The Business Commodity Environment State environment Business plans Plans will go expert, who Appraisal, serves expert and through the operates at District as one of the Technical Agency process of level, is trigger for release offers any required 54 Environment responsible for any of the fund for guidance on Appraisal by guidance and Producer Groups. appraisal process. „Extension monitoring the Specialist‟ who appraisal. operates at Cluster or mandal level as part of SHT. Retail chains – The business - - State environment Business proposals proposals will be expert and environmentally Technical Agency appraised by offers any required Operation guidance on Specialist at appraisal process. Cluster Level with support from Knowledge partner. The business State environment proposals for expert and KRuSHE Technical Agency Enterprises will go offers any required through guidance on Environmental appraisal process. Appraisal by Enterprise Promoter Operating at District Level. The knowledge partner will offer support in the same. HD plans The HD plans will District WASH - - go through the Coordinator and process of Technical Agency Environment provides any Appraisal by the required support. HD Coordinator (WASH Coordinator) operating at cluster or mandal level. 55 4.3.4. Innovation forum or solution market place on Green Business Opportunities: Innovation forum on the critical issues identified (Table: 13) will be conducted within 6 months after the project inception as per the norms and standards decided under the project. The State Environment Expert has the responsibility of organizing the innovation forum. The selected Technical Agencies will provide technical guidance and hand holding support to the PGs in integrating Green Business Opportunities into the value chains. Based on the new issues that may emerge a second innovation forum can be conducted after 2nd year of the project inception (eg: integration of climate change adaptation into value chain activities). The inputs for ToR for the Technical Agencies is attached in Annexure 10. 4.3.5. Green Audits and Third party certification for accessing premiums: As the business activity plans, business proposals and HD plans will start integrating environment guidelines and green business opportunities as part on innovation forum, the environmental benefits accrued will be measured with the help of green rating tools which will be developed under ICT component. Initially during year 1, the standards / criteria will be set by a technical agency. Green tools will be developed based on the criteria by the agency which will be used by the GCRPs, HD CRPs and CKCs and Extension Specialists, KRuSHE teams (Operation Specialist at cluster for marts and Enterprise promoter for Enterprises at district level) and HD Coordinator at cluster level to rate the value chains and HD plans at every crop season or at half yearly intervals for HD plans. The State Environment Resource Agency will also conduct green audits once every year using the green rating tools. For the plans where the implementation of measures and guidelines is up to the desired level green rewards will be presented. The third party agency will certify the products from the value chains and provides endorsement which may help in accessing the premiums in market through green labeling. The authenticity of the product will be ensured through traceability mechanism which will be worked out with the help of third party technical agency. The third party certification will happen through green audits from year 2 or 3 onwards, once every year. The ToR for the technical Agency is attached in Annexure 10. 56 4.4. Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of EMF: The following cadres will be responsible for implementing EMF at various levels with specified roles and responsibilities: Figure 2: Institutional arrangements for EMF implementation 4.4.1. At State level: State Environment Expert in Project Management Unit (PMU) will have the overall responsibility for implementation of EMF. A State Environment Resource Agency (SERA) will be hired for support in Capacity Building and Internal monitoring (green audits). The ToRs for State Environment Expert and SERA are attached as Annexure 10. 4.4.2. At District level: For Value chains - Commodity Expert positioned at district level will have the responsibility of ensuring EMF implementation: Environment Appraisal of business plans and implementation Green business opportunities at respective district levels, Capacity Building cluster teams and monitoring. For retail Chains – for KRuSHE Marts, Operations Specialist at cluster level and for KRuSHE Enterprises, Enterprise Promoter at district level are responsible for EMF implementation: Environmental Appraisal of Business Proposals, capacity building cluster teams and monitoring. 4.4.3. At Cluster Level or Mandal level: Extension Specialist (ES) from the SHT has the responsibility of ensuring greening of all value chains by Green Community Resource Persons (GCRPs) and conducting environmental appraisal (and providing support in implementation of mitigation measures. The ES has the responsibility of capacity building and monitoring GCRPs. For KRuSHE proposals the CKCs (M&E) has the responsibility of greening the proposals or integrating environment guidelines. Environmental appraisal for K marts is done by Operation specialist (cluster level) and K Enterprises by Enterprise promoter (district level). 57 In case of HD plans HD CRPs with support of VHNSCs will integrate environment guidelines and the HD Coordinator will have the responsibility environmental appraisal of HD plans. 4.4.4. Technical support agencies: Value chains - Technical Agencies (TAs) selected through innovation forum will have the responsibility of providing required technical support in implementation of Green Business Opportunities or eco friendly alternatives on critical issues identified. Technical agencies will also be hired for setting standards for green rating and certification through audits. KRuSHE Marts and Enterprises – TAs will have the responsibility of providing necessary support on environment guidelines. HD component – TAs will have the responsibility of integrating EMF aspects into Capacity Building and support in implementation. The inputs for ToR for Techncial Agencies is attached as Annexure 10. 4.4.5. Village Producer Group (VPG) Level: The GCRPs, CKCs and HD CRPs has the responsibility of integrating environment guidelines into the business plans by producer groups (greening the value chains) and KRuSHE Marts and Enterprises and HD plans. Table 15: EMF responsibilities at various levels Responsible EMF activities person/agency/group VPG level or Village Level Green Community Resource Greening the value chains (rural value chains and rural Persons (GCRPs), VRPs retail chains). Internal monitoring and village level. HD CRPs Integrating environment guidelines into HD and WASH plans. Internal monitoring and village level. Community KRuSHE Consultants (CKCs) – M, E Integrating Environment Guidelines into business proposals. Internal monitoring and village level. Rural value chains - Facilitating greening the value chains. Extension Specialist in the Conducting Environmental Appraisal of the value chains SHT and ensuring implementation of Environment Guidelines. Retails chains: K Marts - Operation Conducting Environmental Appraisal of the retail chains specialist (marts) and ensuring implementation of Environment Guidelines. K Enterprises – Enterprise Conducting Environmental Appraisal of the retail chains promoter (marts) and ensuring implementation of Environment Guidelines. HD Coordinator at mandal Facilitating integration of Environment Guidelines into HD level and WASH plans. Conducting Environment appraisal of HD plans. 58 Ensuring implementation of environment guidelines. Mandal Level Rural Value Chains - Overall responsibility of ensuring EMF implementation at Extension Specialist cluster level. Facilitating Capacity Building Programmes on EMF for GCRPs at cluster level and for Producer Groups at village level. Monitoring of EMF implementation in the cluster and feed back to the PMU at State level. Rural retails chains: Overall responsibility of ensuring EMF implementation at cluster level. K Marts – Operation Facilitating Capacity Building Programmes on EMF for specialist (cluster) CKCs at mandal level and for entrepreneurs at village level. Monitoring of EMF implementation in the cluster and feed K Enterprises - Enterprise back to the PMU at district and state levels. Promoter (district) HD - HD Coordinator at Overall responsibility of ensuring EMF implementation at mandal level cluster level. Facilitating Capacity building programmes on EMF for CRPs and Village organizations (VOs), VHNSCs etc. Monitoring of EMF implementation at cluster level and feed back to PMU. District level Commodity expert Overall responsibility of implementation of EMF in Rural Chains at respective district levels. Facilitating capacity building programmes for Extension Specialists at district or supra district level. Monitoring at district level and feed back to PMU. KRuSHE Marts - Overall responsibility of implementation of EMF in K Operations Specialists (at marts. mandal level) Facilitating capacity building programmes for SHTs and CKCs Monitoring and feed back to PMU. KRuSHE Enterprises – Overall responsibility of implementation of EMF in K Enterprise Promoter Enterprises at respective district levels. Facilitating capacity building programmes for SHTs and CKCs Monitoring at district level and feed back to PMU. HD – District WASH Overall responsibility of implementation of EMF in HD Coordinator and Technical component at respective district levels. Agency Integrating EMF into capacity building programmes for Capacity building person operating and mandal level at district or supra district level. Monitoring at district level and feed back to PMU. 59 State Level State Environment Expert Overall responsibility of integration of EMF into Value chains and HD components Organizing Capacity Building Programmes for Cluster level and supra district level teams. Monitoring the EMF Implementation across the state. Ensuring EMF related data management, consolidation and documentation. State Environment Resource Facilitating EMF implementation. Agency Developing EMF operational manual. Developing IEC material Conducting Capacity Building Programmes at State level, Supra district level and Cluster levels as per the CB plan. Monitoring the EMF implementation as per internal Monitoring Plan (yearly internal audits). Technical Agencies and Technical support and linkages for implementation of Knowledge Partners. Sustainability measures, environment friendly alternatives. Works in coordination with State Environment Expert and State Environment Resource Agency and district, mandal level teams. 4.5. Monitoring Strategy: Monitoring of EMF implementation will be done at two levels, internal and external. 4.5.1. Internal monitoring (green audits): During the implementation, the activities will be monitored for integration of mitigation (sustainability) measures or environment guidelines into business plans (rural value chains), business proposals (KRuSHE marts and enterprises) and HD plans. The monitoring will also focus on the systems and the capacities at all levels in the PMU for EMF implementation. Monitoring of EMF will be done by CRPs and CKCs at PG or village level (100% sample) respective cluster teams at Cluster level (sample of 25 ) and District teams at District level (12 -15) and State Environment Resource Agency at State Level (sample of 10) and State Environment Expert at State level (sample of 10 activities). The monitoring will be done once every year. The internal monitoring will involve desk review of plans, field visits to producer groups and use of green rating tools for the activities visited. The sample size can vary depending on total numbers and need at that point of time. Table 16: Monitoring sample and staff responsible: Monitoring aspect Level of Sample size Staff responsible monitoring Greening of Business Village level 100% Green CRPs, CKCs and HD plans, proposals and CRPs integration of Cluster or mandal 25 Extension Specialist for environment level value chains, Operations guidelines into HD Specialist for K Marts, and cum WASH plans. Enterprise promoter for K 60 Enterprises, HD Coordinator Capacity Building for for HD plans. project teams. District level 12-15 Commodity expert at district level for value chains, Enterprise Promoter for K enterprises, and District WASH Coordinator for HD plans. State level 10 State Environment Resource Agency State Environment Expert Implementation of Village level 100% Green CRPs, CKCs and HD Measures and CRPs Environment Cluster level 25 Extension Specialist for guidelines in value value chains, Operations chains, KRuSHE Specialist for K Marts, and marts and Enterprises Enterprise promoter for K and HD plans – Enterprises, HD Coordinator Measured through for HD plans. Green rating tools. District level 12-15 Commodity expert at district level for value chains, Enterprise Promoter for K enterprises, and District WASH Coordinator for HD plans. State level 10 State Environment Resource Agency State Environment Expert 4.5.2. External monitoring For Value Chains: External audits will be conducted by hiring a third party external agency once every year from year 2 or 3 onwards. The methodology can be a combination of desk reviews (to check the management aspects) and extensive field visits (to check on technical aspects) and stakeholder interactions. Desk review of Business Plans and KRuSHE proposals will be conducted for 20 % of the PGs and VOs. Green rating will be done after every audit against a pre set criteria developed by third party agency during year 1. A sample of PGs of all commodities or sectors will be field visited as part of the external audit. The external audit will follow by certification of the products and setting up traceability mechanism for marketing as green products. The sample number can vary depending on total number of activities and the need. For HD and WASH plans: External audits will be conducted by hiring an external agency (or by external agency hired for HD external monitoring or audit) along with value chains. The methodology involves desk review of HD plans and field visits to a sample (as decided by State environment Exert based on number at that time) of HD plans for verifying integration of environment guidelines. The staffing, Capacity Building aspects will also be evaluated. 61 The key aspects that will be monitored and the monitoring indicators are given below: Table 17: Key aspects to be monitored and monitoring indicators: Key Aspects to be monitored Monitoring Indicators Value chains Compliance of project activities with Legal andPercentage of activities in compliance with Regulatory Framework legal and regulatory framework Implementation of Environment guidelines. Number of PGs, KRuSHE Marts and KRuSHE Enterprises implementing Environment guidelines and rating as per green rating tool. Implementation of Environment friendly Number of PGs implementing Environment alternatives or Green Business Opportunities friendly alternatives or Green Business Opportunities Green rating of the value chains and organic Percentage of value chains qualify under green certification rating and eligible for organic certification. Internal Monitoring System and frequency of internal monitoring (green audits) Capacity Building of CRPs, CKCs and project The percentage of CRPs, CKCs and project staff at different levels staff at different levels (with EMF roles) underwent Capacity Building programmes. HD Plans Integration of environment guidelines into HD Percentage of HD Plans that have environment plans guidelines integrated Environment Appraisal of HD Plans Percentage of HD plans underwent EA Implementation of Environment Guidelines Percentage of HD plans with environment guidelines integrated. Capacity Building of CRPs and project staff at The percentage of CRPs (HD and WASH) and different levels project staff (HD Coordinators at mandal level) underwent Capacity Building programmes. External monitoring would also focus on outcome indicators like: • Reduced input costs due to greening of value chains • Improved returns due to premium prices • Any positive impacts on health (less cases of hospitalization due to less number of no pesticide sprays, or pesticide free food available for consumption) – case studies. 4.6. Capacity Building Plan: Capacity building is required for the Project functionaries (VRP, Extension Specialist and Commodity Expert, Operation Specialist and Enterprise promoter under KRuSHE), Green Community Resource Persons (GCRPs), HD CRPs, CKCs and Support Organisations or Technical Agencies or Knowledge Partners to execute the functions pertaining to the EMF in an efficient manner. The capacity building programmes will be conducted on regular basis both through integrating into the general induction training programmes (for all the staff under the project) as well as through focused training for relevant staff and project functionaries on the EMF. 62 4.6.1. Identification of Resource Agency: Resource Agency will be hired at the State level for conducting the capacity building programmes for project functionaries. Field level presence, working experience with community or SHGs, technical expertise will be considered while selecting the agencies. The responsibility of the Resource Agency includes: • Designing the Capacity Building modules (for project functionaries and CRPs, CKCs) and conducting the training programmes for project functionaries at state and district levels (which include cluster level staff as well). Support organizations or Technical Agencies or Knowledge Partners will also be part of state and district level trainings. • Development of IEC materials for the project functionaries and for CRPs, CKCs. 4.6.2. The Capacity Building Curriculum The Capacity Building curriculum should include the following (the design and delivery of the modules will be according to the needs of target groups – Project functionaries and CRP, CKC and PGs.): EMF aspects: • Environmental issues in the context of livelihoods, health and sanitation • Purpose and components of EMF for the APRIGP • Greening rural value chains, retail chains and integrating guidelines into HD plans. • Environmental Appraisal process – screening, environmental appraisal • Implementation of environmental guidelines • Green ratings – standards and tools and green certification • Innovation forum and Green Business Opportunities • Institutional arrangements for EMF • Key aspects for monitoring of EMF in the APRIGP Thematic aspects: • Agriculture: importance of Sustainable Agriculture, commodity wise environmental interventions required in the value chain process, IPM, Non Chemical Pest Management methods, safety aspects in use of chemicals. • Livestock: breed selection, fodder management, manure management, environmental interventions required in dairy value chain. • Climate Change Adaptation: Impact of climate variabilities on crops and livestock, importance of adaptation measures etc. • KRuSHE: environment aspects in identified farm and nonfarm enterprises and environmental interventions required in KRuSHE Marts. • Environment guidelines for community kitchens and nutri shops, nutrition gardens, safe drinking water and sanitation interventions proposed. • Energy: use of renewable energy and fuel efficient devices in processing. • Infrastructure: environmental issues concerning location, construction and waste disposal. Guidelines for custom hiring centres. • Green standards and ratings under each theme. 63 IEC material: The following IEC materials will be developed by the appointed State Environment Resource Agency. • A manual on Environment Management Framework outlining the process, and tools • Booklets on value chains for all commodities – Agriculture, Dairy and KRuSHE enterprises and marts. • Posters and calendars on environmental guidelines for various commodities (commodity wise posters), poster on harmful effects of chemicals, alternatives etc. • Posters and calendars on sustainable livestock and fisheries management • Posters and calendars in environmental aspects in farm and nonfarm enterprises, KRuSHE Marts • Posters and calendars on Water and Sanitation, Nutrition gardens, Community kitchens, Nutri shops. • Videos of good practices – to be shown during PG meetings by GCRPs and in CRP trainings. 4.6.3. Capacity Building Plan The Capacity Building Plan is given below: State level: A state level orientation will be organized for PMU staff and support organizations (Technical agencies, knowledge partners) on EMF. This will cover the purpose of the EMF, components, and procedures for environmental assessment, monitoring, capacity building and institutional arrangements. The state level Environment Expert is responsible for conducting the training programme. EMF will also be integrated into progress review meetings and other training or orientation programmes as per the requirement. Refresher programmes will be organized once every year. A state level training for Commodity Experts functioning at district levels will be organized once every year by the State Environment Resource Agency in coordination with State Environment Expert. A state level training for district KRuSHE teams (selected Operation Specialist and Enterprise promoter) will be organized once every year by State Environment Resource Agency in coordination with State Environment Expert. State level trainings for district HD WASH cordinator will be organized at State level. District Level: Value chains - 2-3 day district level training will be organized for the Extension Specialists on EMF, components, procedures for environmental assessment, monitoring, capacity building and institutional arrangements – with specific to rural value chains. Intensive trainings will be organized on relevant commodities with support of State Environment Resource Agency and respective Commodity Support Organisations. The Commodity Expert with support of the State Environment Expert is responsible for organizing these trainings with support from district project management. Refresher trainings will be organized once every year. 64 KRuSHE – district level (or supra district) trainings will be organized for the SHTs of KRuSHE by district team (identified operation specialist of K marts and Enterprise Promoters of K Enterprises) on EMF aspects with support of SERA. HD – The HD Coordinators at mandal levels will be trained at district level (or supra district level) or by the WASH Coordinator (district) with support from State Environment Resource Agency. Technical Agencies hired under HD component will be involved in this. Cluster Level: 2 day cluster level trainings will organized for Green Community Resource Persons (at district level depending on the number of GCRPs) on the respective sector or commodity. Refresher trainings are organised once every 6 months. The training for GCRPs are organized by Extension Specialist with support of Commodity Support Organisation and other institutes like KVKs, NGOs etc. Refresher trainings will be organized once every year. Training for CKCs is organized by district KRuSHE teams (Enterprise Promoter and identified Operations specialist) and knowledge partners at district level with support from State Environment Resource Agency. This is organized once every year. For HD CRPs cluster level trainings are organized once every year. The trainings are organized by the HD Coordiantor at mandal level with support from Technical Agency. Village Level: 1-2 day training will be organized for the members of Producer Group at village level by GCRPs with support from Extension Specialist. Exposure visits to the Best practitioner farms and enterprises is part of this. Refresher trainings will be organized once every year. 1-2 day trainings are organized for KRuSHE entrepreneurs by CKCs at cluster or mandal level on EMF. 1 day trainings are organized by HD and WASH CRPs to the VHNSCs and VOs on EMF aspects of HD component once every year. Mandal HD Coordinator will provide support for this. Knowledge exchange for GCRPs will be facilitated between villages and cluster through exposure visits etc. The exchange between states will also be facilitated, which will be theme based. 4.7. Time Line The following is the key time line proposed for the key activities under EMF. 65 Table 18: APRIGP EMF Implementation Time line: S. No Task Responsibility Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 0-6 6-12 0-6 6-12 0-6 6-12 0-6 6-12 0-6 6-12 1 Hiring State State PMU Environment Resource Agency (SERA) 2 Developing EMF SERA manual and EA tools (including local versions) 3 Developing IEC SERA Materials and Training modules 4 State level SERA orientation programme – for PMU staff 4.a. State level SERA with orientations support from (refresher State programmes) Environment Expert. 5 State level orientation for Commodity experts and Enterprise promoters, WASH Coordinators (district teams) 5.a. Refresher training for Commodity experts 65 and Enterprise promoters, WASH Coordinators (district teams) 6 District level District PMU trainings for mandal (Supported by teams (ES, K Environment Operations Specialist expert with HD Coordinators support from etc.) at District level SERA, Support organizations etc) 6.a. Refresher trainings do for mandal teams (ES, K Operations Specialist HD Coordinators etc.) at district level 7 Training programmes Value chains - for Green Extension Community Specialist Resource Persons KRuSHE - (GCRPs), HD CRPs, District teams CKCs (E and M) HD – HD Coordinator and TA, and SERA supervision 7.a. Refresher trainings do for GCRPs, CKCs – E&M, HD CRPs 8 Training Community Programmes for Resource Producer Groups, Persons 66 KRuSHE (GCRPs, Enterprenuers, CKCs – E, M, VHNSCs, VOs HD CRPs) with support of Cluster level teams and Knowledge partners, TAs 8.a. Refresher trainings do for Producer Groups KRuSHE Entrepreneurs, VLCCs, VOs 9 Innovation forum on Green Business Opportunities (GBOs) and hiring technical agencies for support on critical issues through implementation of GBOs 10 Setting up green standards for value chain products with help of third party agency and developing green rating tools with support from ICT unit. 11 Internal Monitoring State (green audits using Environment green rating tools) Expert, SERA, 67 Project staff CRPs, and CKCs (independently , specified sample). 12 External Monitoring Third party followed by agency endorsement and setting traceability mechanism 13 Documentation, final report 68 4.8. Budget Estimate (tentative): The overall budget for EMF implementation is estimated to be Rs. 4, 74, 80,000 (rupees four crore seventy four lakh eighty thousand only). The breakup is provided in the table below: Table 19: Budget requirements for implementation of EMF Head Unit cost (Rs.) Total Cost Staff at State and Clusters Rs. 50,000 per month for a period of 25,00,000 1 State Environment. 50 months. 1 Productivity Enhancement Expert at Supra district (yearly hike as per SERP norms in 2,50,000 level. lumpsum for 5 yrs) Integrated into Extension Specialist at overall project Cluster level. staffing costs. Costs of State Environment Resource Agency Staff costs I Team leader (part time) Rs. 30,000 per month for a period of 10,80,000 36 months. 2 Team members (full time) Rs. 20,000 per month for a period of 21,60,000 54 months for 2 persons. IEC material development Lumpsum (including printing). 20,00,000 (manual on environmental assessment, booklets, posters, video documentation of best practices etc.) State level orientation for Logistics by PMU (material costs etc. 50,000 PMU staff and yearly by SERA). refresher programmes Rs. 10,000 per orientation for 5 programmes. State level training for 50,000 per programme for 5 2, 50,000 Commodity experts programmes. KRuSHE teams (district 25,000 per programme for 5 1,25,000 level) and HD teams programmes. (WASH Coordinators) 25,000 per programme for 5 1,25,000 programmes Training of at extension Rs. 20,000 per district for 13 districts 2,60,000 specialists at district level (logistics by the project management). KRuSHE teams training at (logistics by the project management district level (mandla level at district or cluster level) staff). Rs. 25,000 per batch for 3 batches 75,000 HD mandal level staff Rs. 25,000 per batch for 3 batches - 75,000 (supra district level) for WASH persons from 150 mandals. Refresher trainings at Rs. 15,000 per district for 13 districts 5,85,000 district or cluster level for 3 rounds (3 years) – for 3 themes (logistics by the project management) Internal monitoring Rs. 10,000 per district per monitoring 5,20,000 69 visit for 13 districts for 4 rounds of monitoring visits Administration, reporting, Lumpsum 10,00,000 documentation and other miscellaneous charges External agency costs (technical agencies) Technical agency for setting Lumpsum 50,00,000 up green standards for products and developing green tools Technical agencies for Lump sum (approximate) 2,00,00,000 green business opportunities Rs. 25,00,000 per agency for 8 (on 8 environmental issues) agencies (approximate) External monitoring Costs of External Rs. 25,00,000 per monitoring for 4 1,00,00,000 Monitoring and certification monitoring studies. by third party agency Other costs Other costs of GCRP and To be integrated into the project VPG Trainings and implementation costs. monitoring by Project teams (internal audits by GCRPs, Cluster and district teams). Software development for To be integrated under ICT Green rating tools and component. traceability mechanism, purchase of tablets etc. Costs on the infrastructure To be integrated into value chain costs (energy and water efficient or PG fund. equipment for processing) Total 4,59,80,000 Contingency 15,00,000 Total 4,74,80,000 70 Annexures 71 Annexure 1 List of APRIGP mandals: S. No. Andhra Pradesh District Mandal Brahmasamudram 1. 2. Gooty 3. Gudibanda 4. Gummagatta 5. Kambadur 6. Mudigubba Anantapur 7. Nallamada 8. Singanamala Somandepalle 9. 10. Tanakal 11. Uravakonda 12. Vajrakarur B Kothakota 13. 14. Baireddi palle 15. Bangarupalem Chittoor 16. Chinnagottigallu 17. Chowdepalle 18. Kambhamvaripalle 72 19. Mulakalacheruvu 20. Peddamandyam 21. Peddathippasamudram Thamballapalle 22. 23. Thavanampalle 24. Yerravaripalem Addateegala 25. Devipatnam 26. 27. Gangavaram 28. Katrenikona Kotananduru 29. East Godavari Maredumilli 30. 31. Rajavommangi 32. Rampachodavaram 33. Rowthulapudi 34. Y Ramavaram Achampeta 35. 36. Amaravathi Amruthalur 37. 38. Bellamkonda Guntur Bollapalle 39. 40. Durgi 41. Edlapadu 42. Macherla 73 43. Pedanandipadu 44. Veldurthi Chakrayapet 45. Chitvel 46. 47. Galiveedu 48. Kondapuram 49. Mylavaram Kadapa Peddamudium 50. 51. Rajupalem 52. Sambepalle Veeraballe 53. Yerraguntla 54. A Konduru 55. 56. Chandarlapadu 57. Gampalagudem 58. Kanchika Cherla Krishna 59. Reddigudem 60. Vatsavai Veerullapadu 61. 62. Vissannapet Alur 63. 64. Aspari Kurnool 65. Bethamcherla 66. Devanakonda 74 67. Gudur 68. Holagunda 69. Jupadu Bungalow Kolimigundla 70. 71. Kosigi 72. Kothapalle 73. Kowthalam Krishnagiri 74. 75. Nandavaram 76. Pedda Kadubur Srisailam 77. Tuggali 78. 79. Veldurthi Balayapalle 80. 81. Chejerla 82. Dakkili 83. Duttalur 84. Kaluvoya Nellore Kondapuram 85. 86. Marripadu Ojili 87. 88. Rapur 89. Sydapuram 90. Vakadu 75 Ballikuruva 91. 92. Donakonda 93. Dornala Gudluru 94. 95. Hanumanthunipadu 96. Kanigiri 97. Konakanamitla Prakasam Maddipadu 98. 99. Naguluppalapadu 100. Pullalacheruvu Tangutur 101. Veligandla 102. 103. Voletivaripalem 104. Yerragondapalem 105. Zarugumilli Bhamini 106. 107. Hiramandalam 108. Kaviti Kothuru 109. 110. Srikakulam Mandasa Meliaputti 111. 112. Pathapatnam 113. Seethampeta 114. Vajrapukothuru 76 115. Vangara 116. Veeraghattam Ananthagiri 117. Araku Valley 118. 119. Chintapalle 120. Dumbriguda 121. Gangaraju Madugula Golugonda 122. 123. Gudem Kothaveedhi Visakhapatnam 124. Hukumpeta Koyyuru 125. Madugula 126. 127. Munchingiputtu 128. Nathavaram 129. Paderu 130. Pedabayalu Dattirajeru 131. 132. Gummalakshmipuram Jiyyamma Valasa 133. 134. Komarada Vizianagaram Kurupam 135. 136. Makkuva 137. Merakamudidam 138. Pachipenta 77 139. Parvathipuram 140. Ramabhadrapuram 141. Salur Therlam 142. Buttayagudem 143. 144. Chintalapudi 145. Dwaraka Tirumala Gopalapuram 146. West Godavari 147. Jeelugumilli 148. Penugonda Polavaram 149. Thallapudi 150. Coverage of mandals in AP S. No. District No. of Total % Mandals Mandals Covered 1 Anantapur 12 63 19.0 2 Chittoor 12 66 18.2 3 East Godavari 10 58 17.2 4 Guntur 10 57 17.5 5 Kadapa 10 50 20.0 6 Krishna 8 49 16.3 7 Kurnool 17 54 31.5 8 Nellore 11 46 23.9 9 Prakasam 15 56 26.8 10 Srikakulam 11 38 28.9 11 Visakhapatnam 14 39 35.9 12 Vizianagaram 12 34 35.3 13 West Godavari 8 46 17.4 Total 150 656 78 Annexure 2 Environmental Situational Analysis in Context of RIGP 1. Agriculture Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): During the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-08 to 2011-12), Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile) could register an average growth rate of 8.33% against the Nation‟s GDP growth rate of 7.94%. The contribution of agriculture to the State Net Domestic Product is 19.2 % (2011-12)8. 1.1. Land use pattern and Major Crops Agriculture profile of the State of Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile) as per the department of agriculture (2010-11)9 is presented below. Table 1: Agriculture Profile of the State S. No Particulars Value Unit 1 Total geographical area 275.04 Lakh hectare 2 Gross cropped area 145.12 Lakh hectare 3 Net cropped area 112.88 Lakh hectare 4 Gross Irrigated area 71.53 Lakh hectare 5 Net Irrigated area 50.34 Lakh hectare 6 % of Rain fed area 55 % 7 Number of farm holdings 131.75 Lakh (Number) a) Marginal 84.25 Lakh (Number) b) Small 29.18 Lakh (Number) c) Others 18.32 Lakh (Number) 8 Average Annual Rainfall 940 mm 9 Cropping Intensity 1.29 % 10 Irrigation intensity 1.42 % 8 Macro Economic Aggregates – viewed at http://www.aponline.gov.in/Apportal/AP%20Govt%20Information/APES%20New/New/2.MACRO_ECONOMIC_AGGRE GATES.pdf on 29th January 2014. 9 National Conference for Kharif Campaign 2013. Viewed at http://agricoop.nic.in/khraif2013/State/AP.ppt on-- 79 The sector recorded an average growth rate of 6.12% pa during 2005-11. The cropping intensity is 1.29% as mentioned in the table above. Rice, maize, groundnut and cotton are the important crops which occupy more than 60% of total gross cropped area in the State. Area under food crops is 90,84,418 and area under non food crops is 46,74,956 of the total area 1,37,59,374 ha (2011-12)10. Changes in Crop Production pattern over time: There has been a shift in cropping pattern from food crops to non-food crops. Though rice remains as the major food crop in the state, the area under cereals and millets has decreased steeply while there is a substantial increase in the area under commercial crops like cotton, groundnut and sunflower. Most of the decline in the area under food grains is due to the reduced acreage under „other cereals‟ crops (coarse cereals like Jowar, Bajra, etc.). Within the important crops, area under rice has increased from 25 lakh hectares in 1955-56 to 44 lakh hectares in 2008-09 accounting for 176%; area under maize has increased from 25,000 hectares in 1955-56 to 8.52 lakh hectares in 2008-09. Similar trend is noticed in the case of pulses, groundnut and cotton. The increase in the area under maize cultivation can be attributed to the boom in the poultry sector. The four crops - rice, groundnut, maize and cotton are now accounting for more than 60 % of area. Table 2: Share of Major Crops Grown in Andhra Pradesh: 2008-09 S. no Crop Percentage in Percentage of area Percentage of area total gross in gross irrigated irrigated under crop to cropped area area total area cultivated under that crop 1 Rice 31.72 63.0 96.85 2 Groundnut 12.7 4.4 16.64 3 Cotton 10.1 3.8 18.22 4 Maize 6.1 6.24 49.38 Area under cotton has increased nearly 3-fold due to spread of this crop to non-conventional cotton areas resulted in either un-expected crop failures or dwindling returns. This situation also resulted in considerable replacement of conventional jowar and castor crops in these tracts. 1.2. Irrigation and Ground Water Use: Rainfall in the state varies from 500 mm in the south west of the state to about 1200 mm in its northern parts. AP irrigation overview is as below11: Total Geographical area 2.75 Lakh Sq. Kms Total Irrigable area 393 Lakh Acres Present Irrigable Land 292 Lakh Acres Total area under Irrigation Sources 134 Lakh Acres ( 3/04 ) Irrigation Potential Created so far by I&CADD 111 Lakh Acres ( 3/04 ) Ultimate Irrigation Potential 217 Lakh Acres Dependable availability of water 2746 TMC Utilization 2092 TMC 10 Agriculture - http://www.ap.gov.in/Other%20Docs/AGRICULTURE.pdf 11 http://irrigation.cgg.gov.in/jsp/wris.jsp 80 The irrigated lands, which are about 40% of cultivated lands, contribute about 65% of agricultural production and thus are a major contributor to food security12. Ground Water: As per the criteria of the Ground Water Estimation Committee, the State is divided into 1,229 watersheds as the State is predominantly covered by hard rocks. The Status of ground water resources of Andhra Pradesh is given below13: Annual Replenishable Ground 36.50 BCM water Resource Net Annual Ground Water 32.95 BCM Availability Annual Ground Water Draft 14.90 BCM Stage of Ground Water 45 % Development Ground Water Development & Management Over Exploited 219 Mandals Critical 77 Mandals Semi- critical 175 Mandals The graph below gives an idea of district wise ground water utilization in the state: Graph 1: district wise ground water use in the state (2008-09): 12 Irrigation Governance Challenges, Perspectives and Initiatives in Andhra Pradesh, http://www.sawasjournal.org/v2i1/SAWAS_2_1_Jun2010_Gupta_p17_p36.pdf, on 30th January 2014. 13 State Profile, Ground Water Scenario of Andhra Pradesh, viewed at http://cgwb.gov.in/gw_profiles/st_ap.htm, on 30th January 2014. 81 Three of the districts – Kadapa, Chittoor and Ananthapur fall under category of high and very high usage of ground water. Non availability of ground water constraints the double cropping in this region and affects crop yields. Promotion of micro irrigation, water harvesting and conservation are the key for efficient management of water resources in the region. However in districts like Guntur, East Godavari, Srikakulam, Vizianagaram and Prakasam there is scope for tapping ground water for irrigation, which however should be done with utmost caution with good ground water recharge plans. Issues in Water Management: • Variability in quantities and patterns of rainfall affecting the crop yields – delays in monsoon affects crop sowing and floods during mid monsoon and heavy rains during harvest affects standing crops • Less water use efficiency • Decline in surface water availability due to siltation and poor maintenance of surface water bodies • Unequal distribution of water due to variations in cropping intensities in upstream and tail end areas • Soil degradation and salinity in irrigated areas, water logging, formation of hard pan Uncontrolled exploitation of ground water • Reduced ground water recharge potential, more run off Required Interventions under RIGP: • Increasing water use efficiency by o changing cropping patterns, crop water budgeting o Improving water use efficiency through micro irrigation • Encouraging SRI cultivation should be encouraged to improve paddy and sugarcane yield, to conserve water and to reduce cost of production. • Using stress-resistant crops that respond well to threats of drought in drought prone areas. • Rehabilitation and modernization of existing water resources like tanks and sustainable management through community involvement. • Encouraging Participatory Irrigation Management (PIM), focusing on water use efficiency to enhance agricultural productivity14. • Watershed approach in the Sustainable Livelihoods Model. • Encouraging Farm ponds to harvest rain water for recharging groundwater and to overcome moisture stress for the rain fed crops in dry land areas. 1.3. Nutrient and Pest Management (Fertiliser and Pesticide use): Nutrient management: Nutrient Management is important to enhance production, but judicious use of chemical fertilizers is much more important for sustainable agriculture. Use of chemical fertilisers in balanced way not only maintains soil health and improve yield but also reduces the input costs. The recommended NPK ratio for balanced and judicious use of chemical fertilizers is 4:2:1. 14 Irrigated Agriculture, viewed at http://www.apwaterreforms.in/irrigatedagriculture.html on 28th January 2014 82 Table 3: Average consumption of fertilisers in the state (erstwhile Andhra Pradesh) compared to national average (2012- 13)15: State and Nitrogen Phosphorous Potash Total National average Total consumption (000’ tons) AP 1780.92 713.92 252.26 2,747.10 All India 16820.93 6653.42 2061.80 25536.15 Per ha (kgs) AP 122.72 49.20 17.38 189.30 All India 139.67 33.44 10.36 128.34 Source: Department of Agriculture and Cooperation, INM Division. Total NPK consumption in the state is much higher in the state compared to the national average. Despite of the high quantities of fertilisers used in the state the NPK ratios fluctuate across districts. The NPK ratio in the state is 6.1:3.2:1(2011-12) against a national average of 6.7:3.1:116. While the average NPK quantities at state level are good, there are variations at district level. The details are presented in the table below17. Table 4: N, P and K fertility status of different districts in the state as determined by Indian Institute of Soil Science (IISS), Bhopal18: Nutrient Status Districts N Low Chittoor, Cuddapah, East Godavari, Guntur, Krishna, Kurnool, Visakhapatnam, Vizianagaram, West Godavari Medium Anantapur, Nellore, Prakasam, Srikakulam High - 15 http://eands.dacnet.nic.in/Publication12-12-2013/Agricultureat%20a%20Glance2013/page186-255.pdf -viewed on 17th September 2014. 16 State wise NPK consumption ratio during last 5 years – viewed at http://agricoop.nic.in/documentreport.html on 30th January 2014. 17 Approach to the 12th Five year Plan Andhra Pradesh, January 2013 viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 28th January 2014. 18 Compendium on Soil Health, Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Agriculture and Cooperation (INM Division), January 2012, viewed at http://agricoop.nic.in/imagedefault/Comsoilhealth28612.pdf On 30th January 2014. 83 P Low Anantapur, Chittoor, Cuddapah, Guntur, Krishna, Kurnool, Nellore, Srikakulam Medium East Godavari, Prakasam, Visakhapatnam, Vizianagaram, West Godavari High - K Low - Medium East Godavari High Anantapur, Chittoor, Cuddapah, Guntur, Krishna, Kurnool, Nellore, Prakasam, Srikakulam, Visakhapatnam, Vizianagaram, West Godavari This indicates the lack of technical Knowledge or guidance on right dosages of NPK. Number of soil testing laboratories in Andhra Pradesh are 118 (including fertiliser industries), with an annual analysing capacity of 5,43,000 samples. The utilization is 85.18%. The distribution of soil health cards till 2010-11 is 37.91 lakhs. Preparation of soil fertility maps at mandal level is in progress. Required Interventions under RIGP: • There is a need for extension as well as training to the farmers in judicious use of fertilizers. Fertilizer-use per hectare should be enhanced or reduced wherever necessary and organic fertilizer- use should also be encouraged to improve productivity of crops. • Addressing the micro nutrient needs along with NPK. • Studies of ANGRAU have revealed that P fertilizer input can be reduced from 25 to 75% from current recommended levels in select areas, particularly in medium to heavy soils in different crops. Special focus is needed to popularize the economic use of P fertilizers to different crops. • Promoting the use of organic manure by ensuring timely supply of green manure seeds in time, better composting methods promotion of biofertilisers etc • Popularizing pulses in rice-fallow and rain fed production systems is needed to increase their production and improve soil health for saving nitrogenous fertilizers in rice production by disseminating high-yielding and pest-resistance varieties of black gram, green gram, lentil, chickpea, and pigeon pea for improving irrigated crop technologies. • Soil fertility can also be enhanced through biomass recycling, tanks de-silting and recycling of silt for improving soil health has be undertaken. Pest Management: In India 76% of the pesticide used is insecticide, as against 44% globally (Mathur, 1999).19 India is now the second largest manufacturer of pesticides in Asia after China and ranks twelfth globally (Mathur, 2010).The main use of pesticides in India is for cotton crops (45%), followed by paddy and wheat. Within India Andhra Pradesh is the highest pesticides consuming state (23%) followed by Punjab & Maharashtra. The usage came down considerably due to intensive efforts in Integrated Pest Management 19 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2984095/ 84 (IPM) by the department and Non Chemical Pest Management (NPM) by SERP and NGOs. The pesticide consumption in the state in 2009-10 was 1015 tones technical ingredient20. At present, in India nearly 150 pesticides are registered with legal application. The number of sale points are also high in the state (13,600) followed by Gujarat and UP. The research data says only 0.1% of pesticide application targets the pest rest 99.9% remain and seep in environment affecting soil health, biodiversity, polluting water sources used for cattle and other domestic purposes.21 The major chemicals used for crop protection are: Segment Major products Insecticides Acephate, Monocrotophos, Cypermethrin, Chloripyriphos, quinolphos Fungicides Mancozeb, Bavistin, Ziram, Copper oxy chloride Herbicides Glyphosate, 2,4 D The pesticides that are commonly used in the crop proposed for value chains under RIGP are: Crop Major plant protection chemicals used Paddy Phorate granules, Carbophuran granules, Monocrotophos, Quinalphas, Chloripyriphos, Mancozeb, Bavistan, 2,4,D Red gram Monocrotophos, Quinalphas, Chloripyriphos Turmeric Monocrotophos, Malathian, Mancozeb Cashew Monocrotophos, Carboril, Chloripyriphos Coffee Cypermethrin, Deltamethrin, Chloropyriphos The application is not as per recommendations in general. It is usually by recommendation of other large farmers, dealers or marketing personnel of companies. Use of IPM techniques is low. Personal protection equipment is generally not used except for nose mask. Gloves, shoes and head cover are neglected due to non availability at reasonable cost or due to negligence. This can be attributed to fragmented land holdings, less access to extension services, low awareness among farmers about the hazards of usage of pesticides etc. The containers are also discarded in the field, buried only in few cases. The sprayers are even washed in surface water bodies near fields. 20 Statistics of pesticides, viewed at http://ppqs.gov.in/IpmPesticides_Cont.htm on 18th September 2014. 21 Impact of pesticide application in agriculture industry, viewed at http://www.ripublication.com/ijafst_spl/ijafstv4n8spl_18.pdf, on 18th September 2014. 85 Issues in pest management, pesticide usage: • Non availability of field level extension support on IPM techniques and increased marketing by the companies is leading to sole dependence on pesticides • Non availability of the IPM related equipment and biopesticides or the high costs, or the drudgery involved in preparation of botanical pesticides, lack of resource at village etc. acts as major deterrent to adoption of NPM techniques. • Impact on health and biodiversity due to improper use and disposal leading to loss of beneficial non target organisms as well as health hazards in humans and animals. Required interventions under RIGP: • SERP has succeeded in bringing down the pesticide use in state to certain extent by Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture Programme - CMSA (details in annexure -4 ). The interventions proposed further under RIGP include • Improving the field level extension support and monitoring • Capacity building producer organizations and handholding support through designated field level teams • Green labeling to access premiums 1.4. Value chain crops and constraints in production: The area under selected value chain crops (paddy, redgram) and crop productivity in comparison with national average productivity is presented below: Table 5: Area, production and yield of paddy and redgram in the state and national scenario22 Crop Area (000 ha) Production (000 Yield (kgs per ha) tons) Rice (state) 3628 11510 3173 Rice (all India) 42753.9 105241.4 2462 Red gram (State, 4760 198 500 2012) Redgram (All 3380 3800 675 India)23 Turmeric (state) 81.170 506.865 7400 Turmeric (All India) 1775 8467 4700 (2005-06) Cashew nut (state – 183 99 544 22 http://apy.dacnet.nic.in/ac_pc.aspx 23 Pigeonpea http://www.icrisat.org/crop-pigeonpea.htm, viewed on 18th September 2014 86 2009-10) Cashew nut (All 923 613 695 India) Coffee (state – 2009- 0.819 5.100 - 10) Coffee (All India)24 350.5 289.6 826 While the per ha yield of rice is more when compared to national average, the per ha yield of red gram is less. As RIGP targets about 50% increase in income through input cost reduction and increase in yields the current crop production practices should be reviewed with respect to environment management and sustainable practices should be introduced (crop wise suggestions are given in Annexure 5). 1. Paddy – Area, production and constraints in production in the state (erstwhile Andhra Pradesh), required interventions: Overview of Paddy in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Rice is the Principal food crop cultivated throughout the state of Andhra Pradesh. In AP rice is mostly cultivated under irrigated eco-system under canals (52%), tube wells (19.31%) tanks (16.2%), other wells (8.8%) and other sources (3.7%). The crop is grown in three ecosystems viz., irrigated ecosystem (50.6%), rain fed low land (43.8%) and rain fed uplands (5.6%).25 In AP rice productivity is high compared to national average. Interventions in Paddy in APRIGP: Around 26,517 producers cultivating 28,520 acres are targeted by APRIGP to improve paddy productivity and income in sustainable manner. The interventions include productivity enhancement, value addition and certification. Paddy value chains are proposed in the districts East Godavari, West Godavari, Krishna and Visakhapatnam. APRIGP will invest in Paddy value chains starting from Productivity enhancement to value addition and marketing. Table 6: District wise Area, Production and Yield details of Paddy District Area (ha) Production (tons) Yield (tons/ha) Anantpur 48668 120073 2.47 Chittoor 51106 168930 3.31 24 http://www.researchgate.net/publication/258376809_NRPPD_Discussion_Paper_3_COFFEE_CONUNDRUM_WHITHER _THE_FUTURE_OF_SMALL_GROWERS_IN_INDIA 25 Status paper on Rice in Andhra Pradesh, Dr. C. Cheralu (Rice Breeding), viewed at http://www.rkmp.co.in/sites/default/files/ris/rice-state-wise/Rice%20State%20Wise%20Andhra%20Pradesh_0.pdf on 15th March 2014. 87 Cuddapah 53896 158660 2.94 East Godavari 337094 1176825 3.49 Guntur 292802 1119981 3.83 Krishna 272029 1011542 3.72 Kurnool 106722 379924 3.56 Nellore 254572 1031426 4.05 Prakasam 118518 427030 3.60 Srikakulam 210417 403833 1.92 Visakhapatnam 112122 169739 1.51 Vizianagaram 124569 267745 2.15 West Godavari 363785 1308467 3.60 Issues in Crop Management: Rice is grown in 28% of gross cropped area and 50% of area under food crops round the year in all the districts. Though there is a rise and fall of area and production of rice based on water availability, but there is a constant increase in productivity. In the context of food security such decline in area and production is not good to meet the future rice requirement. Most of the varieties already released and recommended are capable of yielding 4.0 to 5.0 t/ha of rice under field conditions against the average yield of 3.43 t/ha being achieved by the state. Thus, there still exists an yield gap of 0.5 to 1.5 t/ha even with the available varieties and technologies. Fertilizer use: fertilizer use is not soil test based especially in case of small and marginal farmers. However application of FYM is practiced even if not in right dosages especially while raising nurseries. Pesticide use: paddy is attacked by number of pests and diseases like stem borer, plan hoppers, leaf folders and blast, blight, tungro virus etc. the common pesticides used and also recommended by department include – dichlorovas, endosulfan, chlorpyrifos, monocrotophos, ethofenprox, fenobucarb, imidacloprid, thiamethoxam, buprofuzin, phosphamidon etc. and fungicides like bavistin, cabandazim, dithanene Z-78, mancozeb, sulphur, benomyl etc26. Most the pesticide used in based on farmer‟s own knowledge and on suggestions by pesticide dealers. Most of the sprays are prophylactic without any regulations on the dosage or checking economic Threshold levels of pest. Very small percentage of farmers, who are large farmers (and progressive farmers) follow the recommendations of the Agriculture department on pesticide use. 26 Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University, http://www.rkmp.co.in/extension-domain/andhra-pradesh/recommended-pop viewed on 17th September 2014. 88 Required Interventions under RIGP: • Farmers are adopting the improved varieties without giving adequate attention to the package of practices like correction of soil problems, nutritional disorders and water management etc. • Over 5000 litres of water is required to produce 1 kilogram of rice. Most if it is used for soil preparation and weed suppression. To make rice farming more profitable, water use efficiency has to be improved a lot in addition to other factors by adopting technologies like System of Rice Intensification - SRI. • The state being one of the highest fertilizer and pesticides consuming regions in the country, extension efforts will have to focus on the efficient use of inputs, reduction in the costs of production, through scientific crop production and protection technologies like water, soil test based integrated nutrient management, integrated pest management etc. promoting indigenous technical knowledge specific to the state to be encouraged for good yield, reduction of input cost etc. 2. Redgram – Area, production and constraints in production in the state (erstwhile Andhra Pradesh), required interventions: Overview of Redgram in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Andhra Pradesh has an area about 4.63 lakh hectares under red gram with annual production of 3.02 lakh tonnes. Its contribution to India‟s production is 12.75 per cent per annum. It is grown mostly in all the districts. The major varieties grown are LRG 30, LRG 41, Durga, Laxmi, Asha, Maruthi and PRG-158. The productivity of red gram is 500 kgs per ha in Andhra Pradesh (2011) against a national average of 675 kgs per ha which is considerably low. Interventions in Redgram in APRIGP: APRIGP will target 18,940 red gram producers cultivating 36,000 acres of land. The objective is to enhance the yield from 1.8 qtls per acre to 2.8 qtls per acre through sustainable agricultural practices. APRIGP will invest in Red gram value chains in productivity enhancement, certification, aggregation and value addition. The proposed districts for value chain interventions Kadapa, Nellore, Prakasam, Vizianagaram, Ananatapur and Kurnool. In total 34 mandals will be covered. Table 7: District wise Area, Production and Yield details of Redgram (2011-12)27 District Area (ha) Production Yield (tons/ha) (tons) Anantpur 51745 4294 0.08 Chittoor 8031 1205 0.15 Cuddapah 9079 2270 0.25 East Godavari 322 170 0.53 Guntur 17079 17148 1.00 27 http://apy.dacnet.nic.in/crop_fryr_toyr.aspx viewed on 17th September 2014. 89 Krishna 3134 1890 0.60 Kurnool 49021 12990 0.26 Nellore 697 369 0.53 Prakasam 38173 12444 0.33 Srikakulam 1210 641 0.53 Visakhapatnam 2748 1100 0.40 Vizianagaram 1401 743 0.53 West Godavari 223 118 0.53 Issues in Crop Management: While the production of redgram in the state is about 500 kgs per ha, the potential is about 1274 kgs per ha. The yield gap is about 765 kgs. Limitations under pulse production in Andhra Pradesh are: • Lack of oil test based fertiliser use. Non use of micro nutrients • Lack of improved seeds and quality seeds • Lack of improved packages of practices for all farming situations • Use of excess seed rate, delayed sowings • Regular attack by pests and diseases • Improved dryland farming techniques not adopted. Fertiliser use: fertiliser use is not soil test based which affects yield along with lack of irrigation in the region. Pesticide use: pod borers and sap feeders are major menace in redgram. The commonly used and recommended pesticides include – phosalone, carbaryl, quinalphos, triazophos, dimethoate, indoxacarb, spinosad, neem oil etc. However the use is not based on recommendations but on own knowledge and promotion by pesticide dealers. Use of safety gear is rare except in case of high dosages. Required interventions under RIGP: • Providing quality seeds • Extension support on nutrient and pest management and support in procurement of organic fertilisers and pesticides • Organising farmer field schools on IPM, NPM and INM. 90 3. Turmeric – Area, production and constraints in production in the state (erstwhile Andhra Pradesh), required interventions: Overview of Turmeric in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Major turmeric growing states in India are Andhra Pradesh (57%)28, Karnataka, Maharastra, Odishha and Kerala. The area under turmeric in Andhra Pradesh is 1,58,938 ha and production is 9,85,416 tons29. The productivity of turmeric in Andhra Pradesh is 7.4 tons per ha against a national average of 5.1 (2010-11) tons per ha30. It is mainly cultivated in Krishna, Guntur, Cuddaph, Kurnool, East and West Godavari, Nizamabad, Karimnagar, Srikakulam and Visakhapatnam districts of Andhra Pradesh. Turmeric pockets in Andhra Pradesh are Cuddapah, Adilabad, Medak, Nizamabad and Guntur. Interventions in Turmeric in APRIGP : APRIGP will target 50108 producers growing turmeric in 48,539 acres of land. The interventions include augmenting the production, value addition, certification and aggregation for marketing. The area of operation for the turmeric value chain include the districts Srikakulam, Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam. Operational mandals are 12 covering an area of 48,539 acres. Turmeric has been growing as traditional crop by Tribal farmers in paderu, seethampeta regions. Table 8: District wise Area, Production and Yield details of Turmeric (2011-12)31 District Area (ha) Production (tons) Yield (tons/ha) Anantpur 321 2645 8.24 Chittoor 31 255 8.23 Cuddapah 7447 61363 8.24 East Godavari 296 2222 7.51 Guntur 5593 43737 7.82 Krishna 768 4209 5.48 Kurnool 4778 39371 8.24 Nellore 280 2102 7.51 Prakasam 1343 10084 7.51 28 Turmeric, viewed at http://www.icexindia.com/profiles/turmeric_profile.pdf on 19th February 2014. 29 Area and Production of major Horticulture Crops 2012-13, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/area_and_production- 2012-13.htm on 19th February 2014. 30 Indian Horticulture Database -2013, National Horticulture Board, viewed at http://nhb.gov.in/area- pro/Indian%20Horticulture%202013.pdf on 27th March 2014. 31 http://apy.dacnet.nic.in/crop_fryr_toyr.aspx viewed on 17th September 2014. 91 Srikakulam 227 1704 7.51 Visakhapatnam 1957 4450 2.27 Vizianagram 203 1524 7.51 West Godavari 897 6735 7.51 The area and production are more in Andhra Pradesh compared to national average. Issues in Crop Production: Pesticide use: commonly used and recommended pesticides and fungicides are malathion, quinalphos, domethoate, mancozeb, zineb, bordeaux mixture etc. There exists good demand for organic turmeric in India and worldwide and it is used in cosmetics, medicines and other health products. Biological pest and disease control is possible by use of biological control agents like Trichogramma, neem etc. and Trichoderma, pseudomonas etc. which needs to be propagated. The curing of turmeric happens at farmer level mostly by following traditional methods, which sometimes affect the quality of turmeric obtained and uses large amounts of water and fuel. Interventions required under RIGP: • Use of improved and locally suitable cultivars cultivars • Promotion of Biological control methods for pest and diseases management • Improved and scientific methods of curing to obtain high value turmeric . 4. Cashew nut – Area, production and constraints in production in the state, required interventions: Overview of Cashew in Andhra Pradesh : Andhra Pradesh has an area about 85,686 hectares under cashew with annual production of 58,26,635 M.T of raw nuts32. Its contribution to India‟s production is 16.14 per cent per annum33. Important cashew growing districts in the state are Guntur, Krishna, East Godavari, West Godavari, Srikakulam, Vishakhapatnam, Nellore and Prakasam. The state productivity is 544 kgs/ha against a national average of 695 kg/Ha.34 Interventions in Cashew nut in APRIGP: APRIGP will target 52,500 cashew producers to produce 32,523 tons of cashew nut through sustainable production practices. The proposed interventions are productivity enhancement, value addition to cashew apple, intercropping, certification and aggregation for marketing. The interventions will be in 5 32 Area and Production of Major Horticultural Crops 2012-13, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/area_and_production- 2012-13.htm on 14th February 2014. 33 Cashew nut, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/Cashew.htm on 12th February 2014. 34 http://dccd.gov.in/stat.htm viewe don 25th Feburary 2014. 92 districts – Srikakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam. An area of 59785 acres will be covered in 45 mandals. Issues in Crop Production: The productivity in the state is less than national average (544 kgs against 695 kgs per ha35). Pests like tea mosquito bug, stem borer etc. attack cashew and cause damage. The chemical control methods include pesticides like – carbaryl, endosulfan, quinalphos, phosphamidon etc. Excessive of these pesticides affects the quality of nuts as well as local environment. The processing of cashew (roasting, shelling etc.) is also done at farm level by small holders leading impacts on health. Interventions required under RIGP: Cashew nut is an export commodity and hence it would be cost effective and sustainable to shift towards non chemical crop management methods with alternatives like neem oil, physical and cultural methods of control etc. Improved technology of processing can be introduced for better quality and avoid hazards in manual processing. 5. Coffee – Area, production and constraints in production in the state, required interventions: Overview of Coffee in Andhra Pradesh: Coffee is grown in Araku valley of North-Western Andhra Pradesh within the Eastern Ghats in the district of Visakhapatnam forms a non-traditional coffee growing area. Araku coffee is of Arabica type and is grown at elevations ranging from 900 to 1100 meters above sea level. The main intercrops are pepper (Piper nigrum), jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus) and mango. Araku Coffee is grown in an area covering some 80,000 acres, mainly under private tribal holdings and the state government's Andhra Pradesh Forest Development Corporation. The agency (tribal) area is largely populated by various indigenous tribal people of whom about 60,000 benefit from the introduction coffee cultivation. Many of these tribal people made a livelihood through shifting cultivation which destroyed large areas of forests prior to coffee cultivation. Interventions in Coffee in APRIGP: APRIGP targets 56729 coffee producers who will produce 6700 tons of coffee using sustainable practices. The interventions include introduction of pepper plantations for shade, productivity enhancement of coffee and pepper, certification, value addition and aggregation and marketing. The interventions will be in Visakhapatnam district spread across 4 mandals – Paderu, G. Madugula, Chintapalli and G.K. Veedhi. The total acreage will be 59738 acres. Issues in Crop production: AP along with Orissa contributes for about 5.4% of total coffee production in the country. As coffee is being grown in ecologically sensitive zone (paderu). Small farmers do not have access to extension services. The common pesticides used are Cypermethrin, Deltamethrin, Chloropyriphos. Coffee processing (if planned under project) releases wastes and consumes high amounts of water. Interventions required under RIGP Promoting organic methods and certification. 35 http://dccd.gov.in/stat.htm accessed on 19th September 2014 93 Field level technical support (extension system) to be ensured for sustainable production. Issue of waste release need to be addressed if processing is planned (details are provided as part of Annexure 5). 2. Livestock Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Andhra Pradesh stands number one in the country in sheep population, meat production (556000 MTs), poultry population and per capita availability of eggs, according to 2007 livestock census. The state also stands second in buffalo population, third in total livestock population and fourth in milk production (89, 25,000 MTs) in the country (Chawla, et al 2002).36 Table 9: Livestock population of Andhra Pradesh (2007) 37: Livestock Numbers (in lakhs) Cattle 112.23 Buffalo 132.72 Total Bovines 244.95 Sheep 255.39 Goat 96.26 Piggery 4.39 Poultry 1239.85 2.1. Milch cattle: Overview of cattle in Andhra Pradesh: The livestock sector has grown at an annual rate of 6.1 % during the period 1999-2000 to 2010-11. The livestock in Andhra Pradesh contributes around 5.6% of the state GSDP and 29.12% of its agricultural GSDP. The productivity of milch animals is very low in the state – below 4 litres per animal per day. The State stands at a low position - 15th rank in bufffalo yield and 18th rank in the case of non-descript cow yield. Presently, the share of milk, meat and eggs in livestock output is 63.5%, 24.7% and 11.8 % respectively38. Interventions in Dairy Sector under APRIGP: 36 Livestock potential in Andhra Pradesh: Status and Potential http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/wp/RULNR-working-paper- 16.pdf, accessed on 17th September 2014. 37 http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/aar0910.htm 38 Approach to the 12th Five year Plan Andhra Pradesh, January 2013 viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 28th January 2014. 94 APRIGP targets milk producers of 20 mandals of 4 districts to improve milk yield through best livestock management practices. The interventions will include induction of high yielding animals, capacity building, fodder requirements etc. building, fodder requirements etc. Breeds: The proportion of native breeds is more in the state when compared to cross breeds. The percentage of added cows is 25.9% and that of buffaloes presently is 42%. The Department is promoting Artificial Insemination for upgrading the breeds. However in the districts with high use of animal power for agriculture, farmers prefer indigenous breeds of higher milk yield rather than exotic breeds. The important cattle breeds of Andhra Pradesh include Ongole, Punganur, Malvi, Deoni, Hallikar and Krishna Valley. All these breeds are dual purpose breeds, which are useful for both milk production and for draught purposes. Important buffalo breeds include Murrah, Nagpuri, Marathwada. In Rayalaseema 95% of the buffaloes are of non-descript type, whereas in coastal Andhra Pradesh the cross bred Murrah buffalo population is high. A new breed known as Godavari was evolved through grading up of local buffaloes with Murrah over generations.39. Important sheep breeds are Nellore that of Goats are Osmanabadi and Bellary. Fodder resources: The availability of nutritious green fodder in adequate quantity plays an important role in minimizing the cost of milk production, because feeding cost alone constitute about 70 % of total production cost40. Better feeding could be achieved by ensuring the adequate supply of good quality forage from better varieties and improved cultural practices. Grazing lands: The dependence on pasture lands is coming down and the area and pasture lands in rapidly coming down due to diversion for other purposes and the so the productivity due to intensive open grazing. The wasteland in the state (2010) is 38788 sq. kms, which is 14.10 % of total geographical area41. Uncontrolled grazing in semiarid tracts aggravates the fodder scarcity and leading to the loss of biodiversity. Similarly there is also increased pressure on forests and scrub forests near forest areas for cattle grazing. The grasslands and pastures not only form major source of forage for the livestock, these also provide habitat to a large variety of wild animals and birds and are home to a myriad species of plants, many of which are „threatened‟. Fodder cultivation: A major concern in achieving the projected growth in livestock production in the state during the 12th plan is availability of fodder. The total fodder requirement for the estimated 3 crore livestock in the state is about 80 million tons (i.e. @ 7.5 Kgs per day per livestock unit). However, currently the state has fodder supply of only 24.3 million tones (21.6 million tones dry fodder and 2.7 million tones green fodder), thereby having a deficit of 55.7 million tones42. Fodder supply may therefore emerge as the main constraint in livestock development in the state. The fodder production in the State is only 39 Important breeds of cattle, viewed at http://www.ikisan.com/Animal%20Husbandary/dairy/Important%20breeds%20of%20cattle.htm on 6th February 2014. 40 Strategies for forage production and utilization, viewed at http://www.crida.in/KVK/PUBLICATIONS_files/bulletin_09.pdf on 7th January 2014. 41 http://www.dolr.nic.in/wasteland2010/andhrapradesh.pdf viewed on 17th September 2014 42 Approach to the 12th Five year Plan Andhra Pradesh, January 2013 viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 28th January 2014. 95 marginal. Fodder is grown in only 3% of the agricultural land as against 8% recommended, the main reason being low returns on fodder crops. The activities under the fodder development during the year 2009-2010 are as follows43. S.No Item No s. 1 Area brought under fodder cultivation (in lakh acres) 9.59 2 No. of minikits distributed 699710 No. of Exotic grass slips supplied to the farmers 3 289.07 (Lakh No.) However dependence on supplementary feed or concentrates especially for improved breeds meets the demand for feed to certain extent. But this should be combined with green and dry fodder for balanced nutrition. The crop residues such as paddy, sorghum, millets, and maize need chopping before being fed to livestock. However, majority of farmers in rainfed areas feed the cattle as it is without chopping. Therefore, a considerable amount of fodder remains unused and spoiled by urine, dung and soil. Manure Management: The total estimated dung production during 2008-09 is 83583.153. Average production per adult is 10.8 kgs and young animals 6.4 kgs. 83% is used as manure, 10% for dung cakes and 7% for other purposes. The usual practice to store the manure is as heap, where the chances on nutrient loss are high. The manure can be enriched by composting in pit or vermicomposting. Issues in cattle management: • Improvement and promotion of native breeds is not stressed • The state is facing fodder deficit and milk production is seriously constrained due to this deficit and pressure on grazing lands and forest in increasing • The average land holdings are small and do not allow the farmers to devote irrigated area for forage production, unless it can provide with a greater return than crop production. • The short supply and non-availability of seeds in time of high yielding varieties, the lack of irrigation resources, erratic power supply, high cost of inputs are some of the other major constraints faced by the farmers. Majority of farmers in rainfed areas are dependent on organization for input (seed/saplings) delivery. • Rich manure is lost (nutrients) due to improper management Required Interventions under RIGP: • Focus on improvement of native breeds • Capacity building for Management and Planning for conservation and development of fodder and pastures/grasslands in forests, nonconventional forest areas, village common lands. Fodder production to be taken up on large-scale utilising wastelands, community lands and fallow lands in convergence with NREGS. • The growing of leguminous crops as mixed, inter or rotation crop in rainfed areas seems to offer best prospect for success because of their complementary functions. Legumes usually maintain 43 http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/aar0910.htm 96 their quality better than grasses even at maturity, and being rich in protein, enhance the forage value, and also add substantially the much-needed nitrogen to the soil. Some of the important crop/grass-legume mixtures for rainfed areas (IGFRI 1995) are given below44: With cereal and miscellaneous fodder crops: • Maize + cowpea/ velvet bean/ field bean/ mung • Sorghum + cowpea/ velvet bean/ field bean/ guar • Bajra + cowpea/ velvet bean/ field bean/ guar Mixtures for supplying green fodder all the year-round under assured irrigation: • Hybrid Napier + cowpea/ rice bean/ velvet bean/ • Hybrid Napier + berseem + mustard • Hybrid Napier + maize + cowpea • Hybrid Napier + berseem + cowpea • Chopping of fodder: Chopping of fodder ensures judicious use in drought prone areas. Chopped roughage also reduces the energy wasted while chewing. Chopped dry fodder when mixed with mixing highly palatable green fodder reduces wastage of fodder. The net biological value of the feed improves. Thus, availability of chaff cutter must be ensured to each and every livestock unit • Promoting composting of manure 2.2. Small Ruminants: Over view of small Ruminants in AP (erstwhile): The rearing of small ruminants (goats and sheep) in dry lands is very important, since they serve as a lifeline during drought years by providing income and sustenance to the farming community and grazers (Rangnekar)45. Small ruminants are closely linked to the social and cultural lives of resource poor farmers for whom animal ownership ensures varying degree of sustainable farming and economic stability (2006).The sheep and goat population of the state (erstwhile Andhra Pradesh) is 255.39 lakhs and 96.26 lakhs respectively46. The Sheep and Goat population increased by 21.53% and 49.77% respectively compared to previous census (2003-2007). The rate of increase in goat population in the past five decades has been the highest among all ruminants. The reason is that goat can survive in harsh environment and still provide some profit (Down to Earth, 2010)47. Interventions in Small Ruminant Sector under APRIGP: APRIGP targets goat and sheep producers to produce quality meat by adopting better management practices. The objective is to improve income to 20,000 per producer per annum. The key interventions proposed include induction of small ruminants, increasing productivity of animals by adopting better management practices and access to veterinary services and establishing marketing channels. The project will cover producers in 12 districts. 44 Strategies for forage production and utilization, viewed at http://www.crida.in/KVK/PUBLICATIONS_files/bulletin_09.pdf on 7th January 2014. 45 Feeding and Management of Small Ruminants, viewed at http://www.crida.in/KVK/PUBLICATIONS_files/bulletin_02.pdf on 17th September 2014. 46 http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/aar0910.htm 47 Livestock Development in Andhra Pradesh Status and Potential, Centre for Economic and Social Studies, viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/wp/RULNR-working-paper-16.pdf on 6th February 2014. 97 Breeds: Important sheep breeds are Nellore, Jodipi and palla and that of Goats are Osmanabadi and Bellary. The nativity and suitability of different indigenous Goats breeds to different regions of the state and main farms is given below48: Table10: Sheep breeds of AP Name of the Breed Core Home Tract Main farms W– Wool purpose M- Meat purpose Nellore (M) types Nellore Brown Nellore, Cintaldevi (Nellore) Kadapa, Prakasam, Garividi (Nellore) Anantapuram Jodupi Kadapa Chintaldevi (Nellore), Palamner (Chittoor) Palla Nellore (Atmakur Mandal) Palamner (Chittoor) Local (M) Most districts Table 11: Goat Breeds of AP Name of the Breed Core Home Tract Main farms W– Wool purpose M- Meat purpose Bellary Karnataka border areas in ----- Kurnool & Kadapa Local (M+D) All districts ------ 48 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 98 Grazing resources: Sheep and goat farming is mostly carried out as an extensive system of rearing with minimum external inputs and semi nomadic, crop livestock mixed type of farming. The small ruminants are primarily maintained on grazing. The sheep and goats usually owned by small farmers and landless labourers are grazed together. Grazing is confined to CPRs (common grazing land in villages where available), current fallows and road side greenery. Shepherds often have to face grazing restrictions imposed by the farmers in their villages but post harvest, farmers allow shepherds to graze fallows and pen the sheep for getting the benefit of urine and manure and even pay the shepherds a small fee per night of stay. Most of the poor depend on grazing and little amounts of crop residues like paddy straw etc. the resource are degraded quickly and therefore the productivity of the animals is low. Intensification of small ruminant production by stall feeding and choosing good and suitable breeds (locally suitable) will bring in good returns and preserves the environment. Promotion of fodder banks would be a good intervention to meet the fodder needs during drought and reduce migration. Housing: Small ruminants are housed in the backyard some times in sheds or in the extension of house roof to protect the animals from predators, rain, heat and theft. The shed size depends on space available and sometimes, get congested and overcrowded. Kids and lambs during the first months of their lives are either kept inside the house or under upturned big baskets called “gampa” to prevent them from straying. Often twigs of fodder trees such as neem, tamarind, subabul, etc are tied inside the shed or to basket so that the young lambs and kids can feed off this. These baskets are inverted on the kids/ lambs and food is kept within their reach. Water is usually provided near sheds. Health care is rare, only few shepherds get their flocks vaccinated. Issues in small ruminants: • Selection of non local breeds that cannot withstand local climate and cause damage to pasture lands • Complete open grazing affecting the grass lands • Less attention to manure collection and composting leading to loss of valuable nutrients and creating unhygienic conditions near sheds Required interventions: • Promotion of locally suitable breeds like Nellore, Jodipi • Developing pasture lands with grasses like Anjan and Stylo • Regulated grazing and promotion of stall feeding – through cultivation of fodder trees (subabul, sesbania, acacia, gliricidea), use of crop residues • Proper manure collection and composting 99 2.3. Poultry: Overview of Poultry in Andhra Pradesh As per 18th Quinquennial Livestock Census-2007, Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile) stands first in poultry (1239.85 lakhs). The poultry population increased by 23.27% between 2003 to 2007.The Egg Production in the State under report is 183447.156 Lakh Nos. This constitutes 32.97% of the total egg production in the country (556378 Lakh Nos) i.e. every third egg produced in the country comes from Andhra Pradesh. Thus the State can be called "egg basket" of the country. The state is maintaining its first position in Egg production in the country. Eggs from Desi fowls / Backyard poultry constitute 6.43% (11794.009 Lakh Nos) and Improved / Commercial Layers 93.57% (171653.147 Lakh Nos) among total Eggs production. The region wise contribution of egg production from Telangana region in erstwhile Andhra Pradesh is 40.62%.49. Interventions in Poultry Sector under APRIGP: APRIGP is planning to reach poultry producers to produce quality chicken meat and eggs through best poultry management practices. The key interventions include introduction of dual purpose birds, improving access to better veterinary services, access to low cost inputs, convergence with suppliers and marketing tie ups. Area of operation include 78 mandals in 11 districts. Breeds: The state has famous Aseel breed of poultry which is principle source for development of broiler breeds in the world. Out of the total egg laying poultry, Desi birds contribute to 23% and commercial poultry to 77%. Out of estimated number of layers 76.21% were improved birds and 23.79 % were Desi birds. Backyard Poultry: Most of the rural communities in the state keep backyard poultry. This requires minimal input of resources and is considered by most smallholders as supplementary to the main livelihood activities. The birds scavenge on kitchen leftovers etc. sometimes supplemented with cheap grains or leftovers from processing agricultures produce (grains). The birds are mainly indigenous, sometimes mixed with foreign breeds. Sheds, if provided, are made of local materials like bamboo. Poultry keepers mostly lose many birds as a result of diseases and exposure to predators. The output is very less except for sales during festivals and household consumption. Issues and interventions required: In small holder poultry the common issues is sick birds due to diseases and unsafe disposal leading quick spread. The extension support under RIGP should include guidelines (also provided as part of Annexue 6) for vaccinations, hygiene and safe disposal of dead birds. The value of manure is not realised and is disposed off openly or in fields without proper composting. Better methods to be promoted under RIGP. 49 Integrated Sample Survey Report, Andhra Pradesh 2008-09, 2009-10, viewed at http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/ISSSR0910.pdf on 12th February 2014. 100 2.4. Fisheries: Overview of Fisheries Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): The length of coastline in Andhra Pradesh is 974 kms with 353 fish landing centres and 555 fishing villages. Fisher folk population in the state is 6,05,428 and number of fishermen families 1,63,427. Inland fisheries cover 8.11 lakh ha of water bodies and 11,514 kms of rivers and canals and 2.34 lakh ha of reservoirs. Fish production in Andhra Pradesh is 1808.08 tons (1393.73 inland and 414.35 marine)50. The growth rate is 13.16% in inland fisheries and -18.86 in marine fisheries51. The state contributes approximately 35% to the Indian fish export. In fresh water fisheries Present estimates show that AP produces on an average 3 tons per ha fish while the potential is 5 tons per ha52. To increase the potential of capture fisheries from marine sector, motorization of traditional crafts can be encouraged Interventions in Fisheries Sector under APRIGP: Dry fish: APRIGP will target 20,000 fry fish producers and to market 1,60,000 tons of quality dry fish processed under hygienic conditions. The key interventions will include input arrangement and marketing, quality enhancement, value addition, certification and improving market access. The intervention will be implemented in 67 mandals of 9 coastal districts – Srikakulam, Vizianagaram, Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Krishna, Guntur, Prakasam and Nellore. Wet fish: APRIGP will target 30,000 producers to market 2,40,000 tons of processed and cleaned wet fish. The key interventions include hygienic processing and value addition, packaging, certification and marketing. Issues in Marine fisheries: The key environmental issues include pollution from industries and loss of biodiversity. Using nets with small size and discarding unwanted catch also affects biodiversity. Fish processing (if promoted under the project) will pollute local environment and water bodies. Interventions required under RIGP: Promoting sustainable methods of fishing and processing. Addressing the concerns with pollution and loss of biodiversity in coordination with the concerned departments and programmes. 50 2012-13 (provisional). 51 Fisheries Profile of the State: Andhra Pradesh, viewed at http://www.dahd.nic.in/dahd/WriteReadData/Fisheries%20States%20Profile/Andhra%20Pradesh.pdf, on 16th April 2014. 52 Approach to the 12th Five year Plan Andhra Pradesh, January 2013 viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 28th January 2014. 101 3. Water and Sanitation in the State (erstwhile) Lack of access to safe drinking water imposes huge economic burden (estimated at US$600 million /year), as around 37.7 million Indians get affected by waterborne diseases annually, an estimated 1.5 million children die of diarrhea and 73 million working days are lost due to waterborne disease each year (Khurana & Sen 2008). The study conducted by the World Bank reports that health related economic impacts of inadequate sanitation which is put at, Rs.1.75 trillion, accounts for the largest category of impacts. Access time (productive time lost to access sanitation facilities/shared toilets/open defecation ) at 487 billion rupees and drinking water related impacts estimated at 191 billion rupees are the other two main losses (WSP, 2011)53. 3.1. Status of water and Sanitation in the state Water supply: About 78 percent of rural population have access to piped water schemes to meet drinking and domestic water needs. Others use water from hand pumps, (fitted with tube wells or open wells) while a small section use village tanks and springs. There is a high dependence on groundwater for drinking and other domestic purposes. In most of the villages, water is distributed through Public Stand Posts (PSPs). At present, about 60 % of water supply schemes are based on Groundwater as source, 38% are covered with surface sources and 2% are with other sources like rainwater storages, etc. Apart from providing treated surface water to fluoride/salinity affected habitations, RWSS is also implementing latest technologies for de-fluoridation/de-salinisation of ground water/ excess TDS surface water by using treatment plants such as Reverse Osmosis, technique etc., for supplying safe drinking water to the rural people54. Under National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), In Andhra Pradesh 29231 habitations (61.67 %) are covered. During the current financial year 734 habitations are covered. There are 745 habitations with fluoride problem, 610 with salinity problem, 125 with nitrate and 74 with iron problems55. The coverage during previous financial year is given below: 53 Approach to the 12th 5 year Plan, Andhra Pradesh, viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 15th March 2014 54 Status of Rural Wtaer Supply and Sanitation in Andhra Pradeh, India viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/wp/WP-2- Status%20of%20Rural%20Water%20Supply%20and%20Sanitation%20in%20India.PDF on 18th September 2014. 55 http://indiawater.gov.in/IMISReports/NRDWPDistrictMain.aspx?APP=IMIS&IState=002&StName=ANDHRA PRADES H 102 Table 11: Coverage under National Rural Drinking Water Programme during the financial year (2013- 14)56 No. of Water Quality Total Affected Habitations S.No. District As on As on Target Ach Target Ach 1/4/2013 1/4/2013 1 Ananthapur 3309 161 307 388 9 32 2 Chittoor 10872 492 666 19 1 1 3 East Godavari 2919 322 262 131 45 11 4 Guntur 1704 174 207 54 6 7 5 Kadapa 4442 169 242 19 3 2 6 Krishna 2470 251 135 463 54 30 7 Kurnool 1503 112 118 122 5 5 8 Prakasam 2342 365 354 53 26 19 Nellore 2961 234 249 36 3 2 9 10 Srikakulam 3981 248 247 74 4 4 11 Visakhapatnam 5407 472 299 132 19 15 12 Vizianagaram 2938 162 267 107 7 6 13 West Godavari 2189 142 327 104 11 13 As on 2013 in AP the coverage is – Ananthapur (72.80%), Chittoor (75.53%), East Godavari (48.65%), Guntur (47.89%), Kadapa (43.56%), Krishna (60.65%), Kurnool (39.69%), Nellore (64.64%), Prakasam (45.16%), Srikakulam (42.20%), Visakhapatnam (43.30%), Vizianagaram (63.68%), and West Godavari (67.70%)57. About 7 districts has the coverage less than 50%. Analysis from WASHCost study reveals that all households within full covered habitation do not receive 40 LPCD water with the poorest being the worst affected. Reasons for the inequity are varied economic, social and technical factors. Sanitation: Individual Sanitary toilets coverage status across districts reveals that anticipated progress has not been made and that given this rate of achievement, attaining the Millennium Development Goals is a myth. Districts like East Godavari, West Godavari, Kadapa, Prakasam, Srikakulam, Vizianagaram have not reached 100 % of coverage status of BPL Households indicating that intensive efforts will be required to reach rural households. Further the WASHCost study also reveals that toilet usage figures are much below than coverage figures and that a slippage was observed in sanitation even in Nirmal Grama Puraskar villages. This suggests that the Government should focus more on demand driven approach 56 http://indiawater.gov.in/imisreports/Reports/Physical/rpt_RWS_TargetAchievement_D.aspx?Rep=0&RP=Y&APP=IMIS 57 http://indiawater.gov.in/IMISReports/NRDWPBlockMain.aspx?APP=IMIS&IDistrict=0004&DtName=VIZIANAGARAM (02) 103 than supply driven and that focus on behavior change should be the top priority rather than supplying material / infrastructural facilities. Table 12: The percentage achievement as per the report card as on 19.9.2014 is 58 Component Target Achievement Percentage IHHL BPL 4120494 3539683 85.90 IHHL APL 2718337 1695363 62.37 IHHL TOTAL 6838831 5235046 76.55 School Toilets 71448 73088 102.30 Sanitary Complex 522 954 182.76 Anganwadi Toilets 8814 6273 71.17 RSM/PC 130 348 267.69 Still about 15% of BPL HHs need to be covered. Efforts would be made under HD component to facilitate closing the gap. Table 13: The status of coverage of toilets district wise in AP with specific to BPL Households, schools and anganwadis is given below59: IHHL (BPL) School Toilets Toilets for Anganwadi District % % 100.00 100.00 100.00 Ananthapur 93.09 100.00 100.00 Chittoor 99.00 86.02 100.00 East Godavari 100.00 100.00 89.18 Guntur 74.31 95.70 100.00 Kadapa 93.10 100.00 100.00 Krishna 85.51 100.00 14.12 Kurnool 78.30 96.76 41.48 Prakasam Nellore 85.25 100.00 98.72 47.08 92.89 100.00 Srikakulam 58 Report card Status of NBA, viewed at http://tsc.gov.in/tsc/NBA/State.aspx on 19th September 2014. 59 Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan, viewed at http://tsc.gov.in/tsc/Report/Physical/RptStateWisePerAch_OnlyTSC_net.aspx?id=Homehttp%3a%2f%2ftsc.gov.in%2ftsc%2 fReport%2fPhysical%2fRptStateWisePerAch_OnlyTSC_net.aspx%3fid%3dHome on 19th September 2014 104 75.13 100.00 0.00 Visakhapatnam 76.72 100.00 21.58 Vizianagaram 95.16 100 100 West Godavari 85.90 97.79 71.17 Total Still about 14% of IHHLs and 2% of school toilets and 29% of anganwadi toilets are to be covered. Activities under HD component would focus on facilitating to reach 100% targets. 105 Annexure 3 Legal and Regulatory Framework applicable for APRIGP: S. No Act, Policy or Relevance to APRIGP Status Government Order 1 Environment Emission or discharge of pollutants beyond the specified standards Applicable. (Protection) Act, is not permissible. (Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is APRIGP will promote setting up of 1986 and EIA required for specified categories of food processing industries. food processing units where Notification, 2006 necessary permissions are to be taken as applicable. Amended: 1991 To provide for the protection and improvement of the environment. It empowers the Central Government to establish authorities {under section 3(3)} charged with the mandate of preventing environmental pollution in all its forms and to tackle specific environmental problems that are peculiar to different parts of the country. 2 Wildlife Destruction, exploitation or removal of any wild life including (Protection) Act, forest produce from a sanctuary of the destruction or Applicable. 1972 diversification of habitat of any wild animal, or the diversion, Amended: 1993 stoppage or enhancement of the flow of water into or outside the and No.16 of sanctuary is prohibited without a permit granted by the Chief 2003, (17/1/2003) Wildlife Warden. – The Wild Life (Protection) The Act provides for protection to listed species of flora and Amendment Act, fauna and establishes a network of ecologically-important 2002 Protected Areas (PAs) 3 Forest The APRIGP is unlikely to involve diversion of forest land for Applicable. (Conservation) non-forest purposes. However, while supporting activities related The APRIGP is unlikely to involve Act, 1980 to establishment of storage structures, processing centres or diversion of forest land for non- The Act is an procurement centres, it is necessary to ensure that that land is not forest purposes. However, while interface between forest land. supporting activities related to conservation and establishment of storage structures, 106 development. processing centres or procurement Permits judicious centers, it will be done in accordance and regulated use with Forest Rights Act given below. of forest land for non-forestry purposes. 4 Forest Rights Act The Act seeks to recognize and vest certain forest rights in the Applicable. 2006. forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other traditional forest Activities like infrastructure Scheduled Tribes dwellers such as collection of Minor forest produce, access to facilities, irrigation and water and other grazing grounds and water bodies, traditional areas of use by conservation structures are likely to Traditional Forest nomadic or pastoral communities. happen under APRIGP as part of Dwellers Value chain enhancement through (Recognition ofThe Central Government can provide for diversion of the forest for Producer Organisations and Human Forest Rights) Act, infrastructural facilities managed by Government which involve Development components. 2006. felling of trees not more than 75 per ha such as schools, hospitals, fair price shops, drinking water, irrigation, water harvesting structures, non conventional sources of energy, roads, vocational and skill training centres, community centres etc. 5 Insecticides Act, A license is required for the sale, stock or exhibition of sale or Not Applicable. 1968 distribution of any insecticide. The use of certain insecticides are APRIGP will not involve in activities prohibited or restricted under this Act. like procurement, stocking and sale To regulate the import, manufacture, sale, transport, distribution of insecticides as all the crop Amendment: and use of insecticides with a view to prevent risk to human beings productivity enhancement is planned Insecticides or animals, and for matters connected therewith. through non chemical methods. (Amendment) Act, 1977 (24 of 1977) 6 The Fertilizer Registration is required for selling fertilizer at any place as Applicable. (Control) Order, wholesale dealer or retail dealer. The Non Chemical Pest Management 1985 Shops may involve in selling of fertilisers at a very small scale. Also applicable where collective procurement and distribution happens through Producer Groups. 107 7 The Seed Act, Selling, bartering or otherwise supplying any seed of any notified Applicable. 1966 kind or variety, requires that – APRIGP will promote seed a) Such seed is identifiable as to its kind or variety; production farms at village or mandal b) Such seed conforms to the minimum limits of germination and level that supply seeds to all member purity specified farmers of Producer Groups. Also c) The container of such seed bears in the prescribed manner, the applicable in cases where mass mark or Label containing the correct particulars. procurement and distribution of seed To provide for regulating the quality of certain seeds for sale, and is done through Producer Groups. for related matter 8 The Air To provide for the prevention, control and abatement of air Applicable. (Prevention and pollution in India. APRIGP will involve in setting up of Control of processing mills and food processing Pollution) Act, units which may require following 1981 prescribed standards as per the Act. Amended: 1987, 1992 and 2003 9 Public Liability To provide for public liability- insurance for the purpose of Not Applicable. Insurance Act, providing immediate relief to the person affected by accident Activities under APRIGP are not 1991 occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for likely to involve in handling of any Amended: 1992 matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. hazardous substances. 10 Noise Pollution To regulate and control noise producing and generating sources Applicable. (Regulation & with the objective of maintaining the ambient air quality standards Activities under APRIGP such as Control) Rules, in respect of noise. mills and processing units and 2000 construction activities shall take into consideration all aspects of noise pollution to avoid noise menace. 11 Indian Forest Act, To consolidate the law relating to forests, the transit of forest- Applicable. 1927 produce and the duty leviable on timber and other forest-produce. Applicable to APRIGP where No fresh clearings for cultivation or for any other purpose shall be shifting cultivation is in practice by made in such land except in accordance with such rules as may be beneficiary members. made by the State Government in this behalf. In the case of a claim relating to the practice of shifting cultivation, the Forest Settlement-officer shall record a statement setting forth the particulars of the claim and of any local rule or 108 order under which the practice is allowed or regulated, and submit the statement to the State Government, together with his opinion as to whether the practice should be permitted or prohibited wholly or in part. In the case of a claim to rights of pasture or to forest-produce, the Forest Settlement-officer shall pass an order admitting or rejecting the same in whole or in part. 12 The Water To provide for the prevention and control of water pollution, and Applicable. (Prevention and for the maintaining or restoring of wholesomeness of water in the Applicable to activities under Control of country. APRIGP where water from small Pollution) Act No person shall knowingly cause or permit any poisonous, noxious scale industries and food processing 1974 or polluting matter determined in accordance with such standards units release wastes that have Amended: 1988. in to stream or well or sewer or on land. pollutants that are likely to enter into No person shall cause or permit to enter into any stream any other water bodies. matter which may tend, either directly or in combination with similar matters, to impede the proper flow of the water of the stream in a manner leading or likely to lead to a substantial aggravation of pollution. 13 The Biological To provide for conservation of biological diversity, sustainable Applicable. Diversity Act, use of its components and fair and equitable sharing of the Applicable to APRIGP where 2002 benefits arising out of the use of biological resources, knowledge collection of minor forest produce and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. and processing is involved. 14 The National The National Green Tribunal Act 2010 is approved by the Applicable. Green Tribunal President of India on June 2, 2010. It provides for establishment of Applicable in areas where damage to Act, 2010 National Green Tribunal- a special fast-track court for speedy property, environment happens due disposal of environment-related civil cases. any to development activities. Industrial operations and processes shall be carried out as per the safeguards under Environment Protection Act 1986. Compensation and relief for any damage to people (death or injury), property and environment. 109 15 Coastal Regulation The new notification replaces CRZ 1991.The Government of India Applicable. Zone Notificationdeclares the coastal stretches of seas, bays, estuaries, creeks, rivers Applicable in areas where processing 2011, and Island and backwaters which are influenced by tidal action up to 500 units are to be located near Coastal Protection Zone metres from the High Tide Line (HTL) and the land between the Regulation Zone. Notification 2011Low Tide Line (LTL) and the HTL as Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) and imposes restrictions on the setting up and expansion of industries, operations or processes, etc., in the CRZ. In the latest notification the no development zone' is being reduced from 200 meters from the high-tide line to 100 meters only to meet the increased demands of housing of fishing and other traditional coastal communities. 16 Indian Fisheries Use of dynamites or explosives or poison for fishing is an Applicable. Act 1897 offence. Applicable to APRIGP where capture fisheries is involved. 17 Fruit Product Fruit Products Order -1955, is promulgated under Section 3 of the Applicable. Order (FPO) 1955. Essential Commodities Act - 1955, with an objective to Applicable to all fruit based manufacture fruit & vegetable products maintaining sanitary and processing units are planned under hygienic conditions in the premises and quality standards laid APRIGP. down in the Order. It is mandatory for all manufacturers of fruit and vegetable products including some non fruit products like non fruit vinegar, syrup and sweetened aerated water to obtain a license under this Order. Following minimum requirements are laid down in the Fruit Product Order for hygienic production and quality standards: (i) Location and surroundings of the factory (ii) Sanitary and hygienic conditions of premises (iii) Personnel hygiene (iv) Portability of water (v) Machinery and Equipment with installed capacity (vi) Quality control facility and Technical staff (viii) Product Standards 110 (viii) Limits for preservatives and other additives 18 The Food Safety The Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) has Applicable. and Standards been established under the Food Safety and Standards Act, 2006 Applicable to food manufacture and (Food Products as a statutory body for laying down science based standards for processing units under APRIGP. Standard and Food articles of food and regulating manufacturing, processing, Additives) distribution, sale and import of food so as to ensure safe and Regulations 2011 wholesome food for human consumption. 19 Prevention of Food Broadly, the PFA Act covers food standards, general procedures Applicable. Adulteration Act, for sampling, analysis of food, powers of authorized officers, Applicable to food manufacture and (PFA) 1954 nature of penalties and other parameters related to food. It deals processing units and KRuSHE marts with parameters relating to food additives, preservative, colouring selling food products under APRIGP. matters, packing and labelling of foods, prohibition and regulations of sales etc. 20 Agricultural To Provide for the grading and marketing of Applicable. Produce (Grading agricultural and other produce. Applicable to agricultural produce and Marking) Act, marketing under APRIGP. 1937 (Act No. 1 of 1937) (as amended up to 1986) 21 The Bureau of An Act to provide for the establishment of a Bureau for the Applicable Indian Standards harmonious development of the activities of the standardisation, Applicable to agricultural produce Act 1986. marking and quality certification of goods and for matters marketing under APRIGP. connected thereto. 22 The Export The Export Inspection Council (EIC) was set up by the Applicable. Inspection Council Government of India under Section 3 of Export (Quality Control Applicable to value chains where of India and the and Inspection) Act, 1963 (22 of 1963), in order to ensure sound export of commodities or processed Export (Quality development of export trade of India through Quality Control and products is planned under APRIGP. Control and Inspection and for matters connected thereof. Inspection) Act 1963 23 Hazardous Waste It is mandatory under the provisions of the Hazardous Waste Applicable. (Management & (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989 framed under section 6, 8 Applicable to small scale enterprises 111 Handling) and 25 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 for any person under APRIGP which may involve Rules1989. handling hazardous wastes, as categorized in the Schedule-I & II handling of Wastes from Dyes and to obtain authorization of the State Pollution Control Board for Dye intermediate containing organic collection, reception, storage, transportation, treatment and chemical compounds (50 kgs per disposal of such wastes. year), waste oils and oil emulsions (100 kgs per year) phenols (5 kgs per year), acid alkaline slurry (200 kgs per year). The list of banned dyes is attached as Annexe 2. 24 Plastics Wastes Manufacture, sale and use of recycled and coloured plastic carry Applicable. Rules, 1999 bags less than 20 microns in thickness in the state is banned and Applicable to Rural marts where use levying penalties for violation under Environment Protection Act, of plastic bags is possible during sale 1986. of provisions etc. 25 e-waste Consumers or Bulk consumers of electrical and electronic Applicable to APRIGP as tablets will (management and Schedule I shall ensure that e-waste generated by them is be purchased under ICT component. Handling) Rules, channelized to the authorised collection centre(s), or registered 2011 dismantler(s) or recycler(s) or is returned to the pick up or take back service provided by the producers; and Bulk consumers shall maintain record of e-waste generated by them in the Form 2 and make such record available for scrutiny by the State Pollution Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee concerned. 26 Classification of Consent is required for setting up and operation of different Applicable. industries for categories of industries from State Pollution Control Board. Applicable to APRIGP where mills, consent Category wise list placed in Annexe 3. processing units and small scale management [Red, enterprises will be set up. Orange & Green Categories] 27 The Disaster An Act to provide for the effective management of disasters. Applicable. Management Act, Applicable to small scale enterprises 2005 and construction projects that need prescribed standards. National Policies 28 National Forest To ensure environmental stability and maintenance of ecological Applicable. Policy 1988 balance (direct economic benefits being considered) 112 • Area under forests • Afforestation, social forestry, and farm forestry • Management of state forests • Rights and concessions • Diversion of forest lands for non-forest purposes • Wildlife conservation • Tribal people and forests • Shifting cultivation • Damage to forests from encroachments, fires and grazing • Forest-based industries • Forest extension • Forestry education • Forest survey and database • Legal support and infrastructure development • Financial support for forestry 29 National Water To ensure that planning, development and management of water Applicable. Policy, 1987 and resources are governed by national perspectives. 2002 Environmental safeguard policies of the World Bank 30 Environmental The Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects Applicable. Assessment (OP proposed for Bank financing to ensure that they are 4.01) environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve decision making. 31 Natural Habitats The Bank does not support projects that, in the Bank„s opinion, Applicable. (OP 4.04) involve the significant conversion or degradation of critical natural Applicable APRIGP where Value habitats. chain and Human Development activities happen in tribal areas. 32 Pest Management In Bank-financed agriculture operations, pest populations are Applicable. (OP 4.09) normally controlled through integrated pest management APRIGP will not finance pesticide approaches, such as biological control, cultural practices, and the procurement, but there is possibility development and use of crop varieties that are resistant or tolerant of pesticide use by farmers as part of to the pest. productivity enhancement efforts. The Bank does not finance formulated products that fall in WHO The commonly used pesticides in 113 classes IA and IB, or formulations of products in Class II, if (a) the India and their status as per WHO country lacks restrictions on their distribution and use; or (b) they classification list is attached as are likely to be used by, or be accessible to, lay personnel, farmers, Annexe 4. or others without training, equipment, and facilities to handle, store, and apply these products properly. 33 Forests (OP 4.36) The Bank distinguishes investment projects that are exclusively Applicable. environmentally protective (e.g., management of protected areas or Applicable APRIGP where value reforestation of degraded watersheds) or supportive of small chain and Human development farmers (e.g., farm and community forestry) from all other forestry related interventions happen in tribal operations. Projects in this limited group may be appraised on the areas located near forests. basis of their own social, economic, and environmental merits. The Bank finances plantations only on non-forested areas (including previously planted areas) or on heavily degraded forestland. State Regulations 34 The Andhra The Government may constitute any land as reserved forest by Applicable. Pradesh Forest Act publishing a notification in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette and in the Applicable to APRIGP in tribal areas 1967. District Gazette concerned specifying the details of the land, where the activities involve declaring the proposal to make it reserved forest, and appointing a interaction with reserve forest areas Forest Settlement Officer to consider the objections against the for any of the activities under value declaration and to determine and settle the rights claimed to the chains. land or to any forest produce of that land. During the interval between the publication of a notification in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette and the date fixed in the notification, without the written permission from the Forest Settlement Officer, in the land specified: • No right shall be acquired by any person in or over the land except by succession or under a grant or contract by the Government or any person who had such a right before the publication of the notification of the land to be reserved. • No new house shall be built or plantation formed, no fresh clearing for cultivation or for any other purpose shall be made, and no trees shall be cut for the purpose of trade or 114 manufacture. Also, no person shall set fire or kindle or leave burning any fire in such manner as to endanger or damage such land or forest produce. • No patta in such land shall be granted by the Government. • If the claim relates to a right of way, right to watercourse or to use of water, right of pasture, or a right to forest produce, the Forest Settlement Officer may admit or reject the claim. If the claim is admitted, the Forest Settlement Officer may ensure the continued exercise of the rights subject to certain conditions agreed upon with due regard to the maintenance of the reserved forest. The following are prohibited in reserved forest (except if the act is done with the written permission of the Divisional Forest Officer or if it is done as part of the exercise of rights ensured by the Forest Settlement Officer): • Set fire, kindle fire or leave any fire burning in such manner as to endanger such forest • Kindle, keep or carry any fire except at seasons and conditions specified by the Divisional Forest Officer • Trespass, pasture cattle or allow cattle to trespass • Cause any damage, either wilfully or negligently in felling or cutting any trees or dragging any timber • Fell, girdle, lop, tap or burn any tree or strip off the bark or leaves from or otherwise damage the same • Quarry stone, burn lime or charcoal • Collect or subject to any manufacturing process, any forest produce • Clear or break up or plough any land for cultivation or for any other purpose • Hunt, shoot, fish, poison water or set traps or snares • Damage, alter or remove any wall, ditch embankment, fence, hedge, or railing, or • Remove any forest produce 115 It prohibits absolutely or regulates, subject to such conditions in the entire state of Andhra Pradesh or within such local limits as may be specified, the establishment of pits or machinery for sawing, converting, cutting, burning, concealing or making of The Andhra timber, the altering or effacing of any marks on the same, of the Pradesh Forest possession or carrying of hammers or other implements used for (Amendment) Act, marking timber. 1997 35 Andhra Pradesh The following are prohibited in a protected forest (except when the Applicable. Protected Forest act is done in accordance with any Government order or with Applicable to APRIGP in tribal areas Rules, 1970 permission of the Chief Conservator of Forests, Conservator or where the activities involve Forests or Divisional Forest Officer): interaction with protected forest areas • Clearing, ploughing or breaking up of land for cultivation for any of the activities under value or any other purpose chains. • Kindling of fire • Cutting, sawing, conversion and removal of trees and timber and collection and removal of natural produce • Quarrying of stone, the boiling of catechu or the burning of lime or charcoal • Cutting of grass, or the pasturing of cattle, and • Hunting, shooting, fishing, poisoning of water and setting of traps or snares Persons belonging to scheduled tribes are eligible for the following concessions: The removal of timber, bamboos, and forest produce from the protected forests for domestic and agricultural purposes on payment of the fee fixed for the purpose. Agricultural purposes includes the use of: • Timber for agricultural implements • Poles and thorns for hedges • Bamboo for fencing and roofing of huts and sheds in fields, and • Leaves for green manure 116 Domestic purposes includes the use of: • Fuel for heating and cooking • Timber and other forest produce for the erection and repair of permanent and temporary dwellings, cattle sheds, pandals and fencing of compounds and fields 36 The Andhra The Andhra Pradesh Land, Water and Trees Act and Rules, 2002 Applicable. Pradesh Water, are to promote water conservation and tree cover and to regulate Land and Trees the exploitation and use of ground and surface water for protection Act, 2002 and the and conservation of water sources and land. Andhra Pradesh State, District and Mandal authorities are constituted under these Water, Land and rules. The Ex-Officio Chairman of the District Authority is the Trees Rules, 2002. District Collector and the Ex-Officio Member Secretary is the Project Director, Drought Prone Area Programme / District Water Management Agency. The Ex-Officio Chairman of the Mandal Authority is the Mandal Revenue Officer and the Ex-Officio Member Secretary is the Assistant Executive Engineer, Rural Water Supply. Ground Water Owners of all wells (including those which are not fitted with Applicable. Protection power driven pumps) and water bodies in the State shall register Applicable to productivity Measures. their wells/water bodies with the Village Secretaries of the Gram enhancement activities under Panchayats. agriculture commodity value chains No person shall sink any well in the vicinity of a public drinking where interventions may involve water source within a distance of 250 metres, without permission sinking of bore wells, and Human from the Authority, and if the well is to be used with a power driven Development interventions pump, without permission from APTRANSCO. Sinking of any involving drinking water supply. well for public drinking purpose and hand pump for public or private drinking water purpose is exempted from this. In areas declared as overexploited by the Authority, no person shall sink a well without the permission of the Authority. Every rig owner shall register his machinery with the Authority. Land and Soil No brick manufacturing shall be taken up in areas where the soil Applicable. is prone to erosion and depletion. No brick manufacture activities are Wherever coal based thermal power plants are in operation, all planned but there is possibility of constructions within a radius of 10 kilometres shall be taken up groups handling sand mining and 117 with bricks made only of fly ash. related activities as value chains under APRIGP in future. The detail Sand mining shall not be carried out within 500 metres of any list of Do‟s and Don‟ts is provided in existing structure (such as bridges, dams, weirs, or any other cross negative list in Annexe 1. drainage structure) and within 500 metres of any groundwater extraction structures (either for irrigation or drinking water purposes). Sand mining shall not be permitted in I, II and III order streams except for local use in villages or towns bordering the stream. Transportation of sand from these notified I, II and III order streams through mechanical means out of the local jurisdiction shall be banned. In IV order streams, sand mining shall be restricted to specified areas. In V order and above rivers (eg: Godavari, Krishna, Penna) sand mining may be permitted without affecting existing irrigation, drinking water or industrial uses. Sand mining shall not be permitted within 15 metres or 1/5th of the width of the stream bed from the bank, whichever is more. In streams and rivers where the thickness of sand is quite good (more than 8 metres), the depth of removal may be extended up to 2 metres. Sand mining shall not be permitted in streams where the thickness of sand deposition is less than 2 metres. In minor streams, where the thickness of sand deposition is more than 3 metres and less than 8 metres, the depth of removal of sand shall be restricted to one metre. Sand mining shall be restricted to depths above the water table recorded during monsoon and in no case shall effect/disturb the water table. Surface Water No undesirable wastes including liquid wastes shall be allowed to Applicable. be dumped in the water bodies by any person or organization. Applicable to APRIGP activities such as food processing, milk chilling units and small scale enterprises that may involve disposal 118 of wastes into surface water bodies. Trees Tree plantation and landscaping shall be adopted in all public and Applicable. private premises. Applicable to APRIGP where felling No felling of the trees or branches is permitted without prior of trees may happen for infrastructure permission of the Authority. provision – procurement centres, Compulsory planting in residential areas, storage godowns, mills and commercial/institutional areas and industrial areas as per the processing units. following details is to be taken up: For residential areas with an area of: Below 100 sq. metres 3 trees 101 to 200 sq. metres 5 trees 201 to 300 sq. metres 10 trees More than 301 sq. metres 10 trees, plus 5 trees for every increase of 100 sq. metres For commercial and institutional areas with an area of: Below 200 sq. metres 2 trees 201 to 500 sq. metres 4 trees 501 to 1000 sq. metres 6 trees, plus 2 trees for every increase of 100 sq. Metres 37 The Andhra No person shall install, erect or operate a Saw Mill (mechanical Not applicable. Pradesh Saw Mills contrivance for sawing, cutting or conversion of timber with the APRIGP will not support any saw (Regulation) aid of electrical or mechanical power) for cutting, converting or mills. Rules, 1969 sawing of timber without obtaining a licence for such installation from the Divisional Forest Officer. No licence for setting up fresh saw mills within a distance of 5 km. from the boundary of any Forest under the control of the Forest Department shall be granted. 38 Andhra Pradesh No forest produce shall be moved into or from or within the State Applicable. Forest Produce by land or water unless such produce is accompanied by a permit. Applicable to the activities which Transit Rules, Timber exceeding 25 cm in girth at its thickest part and one metre involve transport of forest produce or 1970 in length, except timber sawn into sizes shall not be moved into or fuel wood for any manufacture, from or within the State of Andhra Pradesh, unless such timber processing units or small scale bears a distinguishable Government transit mark authorizing the enterprises. transit. (Firewood means all timber below 25 cms in girth at it 119 thickest end and one metre in length.) 39 The Andhra Minor Forest Produce means any forest produce other than timber, Applicable. Pradesh Minor trees (excluding bamboos) and charcoal. Applicable to small scale enterprises Forest Produce No person other than the Government or an authorized officer of under APRIGP based on Minor (Regulation of the Government or an agent appointed by the Government shall Forest produce. Trade) Act, 1971 sell or purchase or cure or otherwise process or collect or store or transport any minor forest produce. Any sale to or purchase from the Government, the authorized officer or the agent appointed by the Government of a minor forest produce is permitted. Every grower, other than the Government, shall, if the quantity of the minor forest produce grown by him during a year is likely to exceed such quantity as may be prescribed, get himself registered with the Divisional Forest Officer. A registered grower may collect any minor forest produce from any land belonging to him on which such produce is grown and may transport the minor forest produce to the nearest depot. No grower shall carry on any trade or business in or any industry with the use of the minor forest produce except in accordance with the provisions of this Act and the rules made there under. Every manufacturer of finished goods using minor forest produce, and every exporter of minor forest produce shall get himself /herself registered. 40 The Andhra The object and purpose of the Regulation was to create a State Applicable. Pradesh Scheduled monopoly in the trade of minor forest produce in Scheduled Areas Applicable to activities involving Areas Minor through Andhra Pradesh. collection and sale of minor forest Forest Produce No person other than the Girijan Cooperative Corporation, Ltd, produce. (Regulation of shall sell or purchase or cure or otherwise process or collect or store Trade) Regulation, or transport any minor forest produce. 1979. Any sale to or purchase from the Corporation of a minor forest produce is permitted. 41 The Andhra The Forest area situated in Patta land is a Private Forest. Applicable. Pradesh No permission for felling of the following prohibited trees is Applicable to infrastructure related Preservation of granted: activities that require cutting of trees Private Forest 1. Vepa (Azadirachta indica) for construction. 120 Rules, 1978. 2. Ippa (Madhuka latifolia) 3. Mamidi (Mangifera indica) 4. Kunkudu (Sapindus emarginatus) 5. Mushti (Strychnos nuxvomica) 6. Chinta (Tamarindus indica) 7.Panasa (Artocarpus integrifolia and Artocarpus hirsuta) 8. Karaka (Termalia chebula) 9. Tuniki (Diospyrosmalonaxylon) 10. Kanuga (Pongamia glabra) Permission to cut the following reserved trees shall not be granted unless the trees exceed 120 cm in girth at 1.3 m height from ground level (Also, the felling should be as close to the ground as possible): 1. Bandaru (Adina cordifolia) 2. Billudu (Chloroxylon swietenia) 3. Jittegi (Dalbergia latifolia) 4. Yepi (Hardwickia binata) 5.Raktachandanam (Pterocarpus santalinus) 6. Yegisa (Pterocarpus marsupium) 7. Chandanam (Santalum album) 8. Salwa (Shorea robusta) 9. Kusum (Schleichera trijuga) 10. Teku (Tectona grandis) 11. Maddi (Terminalia tomentosa) 12.KondaTangedu (Xylya dolabriformis) 42 Andhra Pradesh Public premises means any area under the control of Government Applicable. (Protection of Department and includes road sides; premises of institutions and Applicable to infrastructure related Trees and Timber public buildings, public gardens, porambokes, barren lands, activities that require cutting of trees in Public panchayat lands, irrigation project sites and canal banks, tank for construction, and manufacture or Premises) Rules, bunds, tank spread and foreshores, etc. Unless it is in accordance processing activities that require fuel 1989. with any order issued by the Government or with prior written wood. permission of the Forest Officer, the following is not allowed in public premises: • Felling, girdling, lopping, tapping or burning of any trees 121 • Stripping off the bark or collecting leaves or otherwise damaging a tree • Removing any produce from such trees existing in public premises • Damaging, altering, removing any fence or live hedge fence 43 Andhra Pradesh The area upto 8 km from the shore is reserved for traditional Applicable to APRIGP where Marine Fisheries craft. interventions in marine fishing are act 1994 (ii) Mechanised boats are allowed to operate beyond 8 km. proposed. (iii) Mechanised fishing vessels of 25 Gross tonnage and above or 15 m and above of length shall be allowed to operate only beyond 15 km from the coast. (iv) No vessel to be engaged in fishing using nets with mesh size below 15 mm. (v) Shrimp trawlers engaged in fishing without Turtle Excluder Device (TED) shall be liable for confiscation of entire catch and impose a fine of Rs. 2,500/-. 44 The Marine Ban or closed season to be observed from 15th April to 31st May Applicable to APRIGP where Fishing during breeding season in order to conserve fish stocks and interventions in marine fishing are (Regulation) Act biodiversity. proposed. 1994. The mesh size of net used by traditional and mechanised vessels should not be less than 1/2 inch. Traditional crafts are not allowed to fish beyond 8 kms from the shore. Mechanized vessels below15 mts OAL should operate beyond 8kms only and above 23 OAL beyond 23 kms. All mechanized fishing boats and other vessels operation should be registered or notified to the Fisheries Commissioner. The vessels with license will only be permitted to conduct fishing. Owner shall you only the chemicals that are permitted for preservation 45 The Andhra No person shall make charcoal, or cut or cause to cut trees for the Not Applicable. Pradesh Charcoal purposes of making charcoal, without the previous written No charcoal related activities are (Production and permission of the Divisional Forest Officer concerned. proposed under APRIGP. Transport) Rules, 122 1992 123 Annexe 1: Negative list of activities that cannot be carried as part of Activities under APRIGP: The activities listed below should not be taken as part of APRIGP as they would contravene the laws and regulations of the State Government, Government of India as well as Safeguard Polices of the World Bank. Such activities should not be supported under the APRIGP. The list provided below should serve as checklist while approving the value chains proposed by producer groups, federations. Agriculture: • Digging of irrigation tube well without taking required permission from the relevant authority at mandal level will not be supported • Digging of tube well (except for public drinking purpose) in an area identified as an „over- exploited groundwater basin‟ will not be supported. • Digging of irrigation tube well within a distance of 250 meters from the nearest tube well will not be supported. • Digging of tube well within 250 meters distance of a drinking water source cannot be done without permission from authority. And the well cannot be used with a power driven pump, without permission from APTRANSCO. • Purchase, stock, sale, distribution or exhibition of the following pesticides will not be supported: o pesticides classified in Class Ia, Ib and II of WHO classification; o pesticides banned by the Government of India; o pesticides banned by the State Government • Purchase, stock, sale, distribution or exhibition of pesticides and chemical fertilizers will not be supported without the requisite licenses. Food processing and Small Scale cottage industries: • Activities involving discharge into any water body any industrial waste, sewerage or other polluting substance will not be supported. • Any industrial activity (related to food processing or cottage industries) will not be supported without requisite permission from the State Pollution Control Board. • Fruit and vegetable product manufacturing units are not allowed without license Livestock: • Grazing of livestock in forest areas without taking required permission from the Forest Department will not be supported. However traditional forest dwellers have access to grazing areas, pastoralist routes as per the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006. • Grazing of livestock that are not vaccinated in forest areas will not be supported. Fisheries • The area upto 8 km from the shore is reserved for traditional craft and motor boats are not allowed within 8 kms. • Traditional crafts are not allowed to fish beyond 8 kms from the shore. Mechanized vessels below15 mts OAL should operate beyond 8kms only and above 23 OAL beyond 23 kms. 124 • Mechanised fishing vessels of 25 Gross tonnage and above or 15 m and above of length shall be allowed to operate only beyond 15 km from the coast. • The mesh size of net used by traditional and mechanised vessels should not be less than 1/2 inch. • No vessel to be engaged in fishing using nets with mesh size below 15 mm. • Shrimp trawlers engaged in fishing without Turtle Excluder Device (TED) are not allowed • Fishing is not allowed during ban or closed season from 15th April to 31st May during breeding season in order to conserve fish stocks and biodiversity. Forests and Wildlife • Activities that involve use of forest land for non-forest purposes without the permission of the Forest Department will not be supported. • Extraction, transport, processing, sale of forest produce including non timber forest produce without taking required permission from the Forest Department will not be supported. However traditional forest dwellers have access as per the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006. • Felling of trees without taking required permission from the Forest Department will not be supported. • Setting up of saw mills or any other timber processing mills without the permission of the Forest Department will not be supported. • Activities that involve destruction of wildlife or of wildlife habitat will not be supported. • Clearing, kindling fire, damaging trees (felling, girdling, lopping, topping, burning, stripping bark and leaves), quarrying stone, etc., in reserved and protected forests will not be supported. Sand mining: • Sand mining shall not be carried out within 500 metres of any existing structure (such as bridges, dams, weirs, or any other cross drainage structure) and within 500 metres of any groundwater extraction structures (either for irrigation or drinking water purposes). • Sand mining shall not be permitted in I, II and III order streams except for local use in villages or towns bordering the stream. Transportation of sand from these notified I, II and III order streams through mechanical means out of the local jurisdiction shall be banned. In IV order streams, sand mining shall be restricted to specified areas. In V order and above rivers (eg: Godavari, Krishna, Penna) sand mining may be permitted without affecting existing irrigation, drinking water or industrial uses. • Sand mining shall not be permitted within 15 metres or 1/5th of the width of the stream bed from the bank, whichever is more. • In streams and rivers where the thickness of sand is quite good (more than 8 metres), the depth of removal may be extended up to 2 metres. Sand mining shall not be permitted in streams where the thickness of sand deposition is less than 2 metres. In minor streams, where the thickness of sand deposition is more than 3 metres and less than 8 metres, the depth of removal of sand shall be restricted to one metre. Sand mining shall be restricted to depths above the water table recorded during monsoon and in no case shall effect/disturb the water table. 125 Any other Activities with Significant Adverse Environmental Impact: Activities that are likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented, with impacts that may affect an area broader than the site of the activity are not to be supported. 126 Annexe 2: List of Prohibited Dyes LIST OF 42 BENZIDINE BASED DYES PROHIBITED FROM 1993 S.No. CI Generic Name CI Constn. No. 1. Acid Orange 45 22195 2. Acid Red 85 22245 3. Acid Black 29 - 4. Acid Black 94 30336 5. Azoic Diazo Compo.112 37225 6. Direct Yellow 1 22250 7. Direct Yellow 24 22010 8. Direct Orange 1 22370 9. Direct Orange 8 22130 10. Direct Red 1 22310 11. Direct Red 10 22145 12. Direct Red 13 22153 13. Direct Red 17 22150 14. Direct Red 28 22120 15. Direct Red 37 22240 16. Direct Red 44 22500 17. Direct Violet 1 22570 18. Direct Violet 12 22550 19. Direct Violet 22 22480 20. Direct Blue 2 22590 21. Direct Blue 6 22610 22 Direct Green 1 30280 23. Direct Green 6 30295 24. Direct Green 8 30315 25. Direct Green 8:1 -- 26. Direct Brown 1 30045 27. Direct Brown 1:2 30110 28. Direct Brown 2 22311 29. Direct Brown 6 30140 30. Direct Brown 25 36030 31. Direct Brown 27 31725 32. Direct Brown 31 35660 33. Direct Brown 33 35520 34. Direct Brown 51 31710 35. Direct Brown 59 22345 36. Direct Brown 79 30056 37. Direct Brown 95 30145 38. Direct Brown 101 31740 39. Direct Brown 154 30120 40. Direct Black 4 30245 127 41. Direct Black 29 22580 42. Direct Black 38 30235 LIST OF 70 AZO DYES PROHIBITED FROM JUNE 1997. S.No. CI Generic Name CI Constn. No. 1 Acid Red 4 14710 2 Acid Red 5 14905 3 Acid Red 24 16140 4 Acid Red 26 16150 5 Acid Red 73 27290 6 Acid Red 114 23635 7 Acid Red 115 27200 8 Acid Red 116 26660 9 Acid Red 128 24125 10 Acid Red 148 26665 11 Acid Red 150 27190 12 Acid Red 158 20530 13 Acid Red 167 -- 14 Acid Red 264 18133 15 Acid Red 265 18129 16 Acid Red 420 -- 17 Acid Voilet 12 18075 18 Acid Brown 415 -- 19 Acid Black 131 -- 20 Acid Black 132 -- 21 Acid Black 209 -- 22 Basic Red 111 -- 23 Basic Red 42 -- 24 Basic Brown 4 21010 25 Developer 14 = Oxidation Base 20 76035 26 Direct Yellow 48 23660 27 Direct Orange 6 23375 28 Direct Orange 7 23380 29 Direct Orange 10 23370 30 Direct Orange 108 29173 31 Direct Red 2 23500 32 Direct Red 7 24100 33 Direct Red 21 23560 34 Direct Red 22 23565 35 Direct Red 24 29185 36 Direct Red 26 29190 37 Direct Red 39 23630 38 Direct Red 46 23050 39 Direct Red 62 29175 40 Direct Red 67 23505 41 Direct Red 72 29200 128 42 Direct Violet 21 23520 43 Direct Blue 1 24410 44 Direct Blue 3 23705 45 Direct Blue 8 24140 46 Direct Blue 9 24155 47 Direct Blue 10 24340 48 Direct Blue 14 23850 49 Direct Blue 15 24400 50 Direct Blue 22 24280 51 Direct Blue 25 23790 52 Direct Blue 35 24145 53 Direct Blue 53 23860 54 Direct Blue 76 24411 55 Direct Blue 151 24175 56 Direct Blue 160 -- 57 Direct Blue 173 -- 58 Direct Blue 192 -- 59 Direct Blue 201 -- 60 Direct Blue 215 24115 61 Direct Blue 295 23820 62 Direct Green 85 30387 63 Direct Blue 222 30368 64 Direct Black 91 30400 65 Direct Black 154 -- 66 Disperse Yellow 7 26090 67 Disperse Yellow 23 26070 68 Disperse Yellow 56 -- 69 Disperse Orange 149 -- 70 Disperse Red 151 26130 129 Annexe 3 Classification of Industries for Consent Management: List of Industries under 'Green' Category 1. Assembling of Acid lead battery (upto 10 batteries per day excluding lead plate casting) 2. Aluminium utensils from aluminium circles 3. Assembly of air coolers / conditioners, repairing and servicing 4. Assembly of bicycles, baby carriage and other small non-motorised vehicles 5. Automobile fuel outlet (only dispensing) 6. Ayurvedic and Homeopathic medicine (without boiler) 7. Bailing (hydraulic press) of waste papers 8. Bakery / Confectionery / Sweets production (with production capacity < 1 TPD with oil, gas or electrical oven) 9. Bio-fertiliser & bio-pesticide, without using inorganic chemicals 10. Biomass Briquettes (sun drying) without using toxic or hazardous wastes 11. Biscuit trays etc., from rolled PVC sheet (using automatic vaccum forming machine) 12. Blending and packaging of Tea 13. Blending of melamine resins & different powder, additives by physical mixing 14. Block making for printing without foundry (excluding wooden block making) 15. Brass & Bell metal utensils manufacturing from circle (without re-rolling facility) 16. Candy 17. Cardboard or corrugated box and paper products (excluding paper or pulp manufacturing and without using boiler) 18. Carpentry and wooden furniture manufacturing (excluding Saw Mill) with the help of electrical (motorized) machines such as electric wood planner, steel saw cutting circular blade etc. 19. Cement products (without using Asbestos) like pipe, pillar, jafri, well ring, blocks / tiles etc. (should be done under closed covered shed to control fugitive emissions) 20. Ceramic colour manufacturing (not using boiler and wastewater recycling process) 21. Chalk making from plaster of Paris 22. Chilling plant and ice making without use of ammonia 23. Coated electrode manufacturing 24. Compact disc, computer floppy & cassette manufacturing 25. Compressed oxygen gas from crude liquid oxygen 26. CO2 recovery 27. Cotton and woolen hosiery making (SSI & cottage industries) 28. Cotton spinning & weaving (small scale) 29. Decoration of ceramic cups & plates by electric furnace 30. Diesel Generator sets (15 KVA to 1 MVA) 31. Diesel pump repairing & servicing 32. Distilled water 33. Electric lamp (bulb) manufacturing (small scale) 34. Electrical & electronic items assembling 35. Flavoured bettle nut production / grinding 36. Flour mills (dry process) 37. Fly ash bricks / blocks manufacturing 130 38. Fountain pen manufacturing 39. Glass ampules & vials making from glass tubes 40. Glass putty and sealant 41. Glass, ceramic, earthen potteries and tile manufacturing using electrical kiln or not involving fossil fuel kilns 42. Gold and silver smithy (purification with acid, smelting operating and sulfuric acid polishing operation) (using less than or equal to 1 litre of Sulphuric Acid / Nitric Acid per month. 43. Groundnut decorticating (dry) 44. Handloom / carpet weaving (without dyeing and bleaching operation) 45. Hotels (upto 20 rooms) 46. Insulation and other coated papers (excluding paper or pulp manufacturing) manufacturing. 47. Jobbing and machining 48. Leather cutting and stitching (more than 10 machines and using motor) 49. Leather footwear and leather products (excluding tanning and hide processing) (except cottage scale). 50. Lubricating oils, greases or petroleum based products (only blending at normal temperature) 51. Manufacturing of coir items from coconut husk 52. Manufacturing of metal caps, containers, etc. 53. Manufacturing of optical lenses (using electrical furnace) 54. Manufacturing of pasted veneers without using boiler or Thermic Fluid Heater or by sun drying 55. Manufacturing of shoe brush & wire brush 56. Manufacturing of silica gel (without furnace) 57. Medical oxygen 58. Mineralized water 59. Oil mill ghani & extraction (no hydrogenation / refining) 60. Organic and inorganic nutrients (by physical mixing) 61. Organic manure (manual mixing) 62. Paints and varnishes (mixing and blending) without ball mill 63. Packing of powdered mill 64. Paper pins and U –clips 65. Phenyl / Toilet cleaner formulation & Bottling 66. Reel manufacturing 67. Polythene & plastic processed products manufacturing (virgin plastics) 68. Poultry, hatchery, Piggery. 69. Power looms (without dyeing and bleaching) 70. Printing press 71. Puffed rice (muri) (using oil, gas or electrical heating system) 72. Ready mix cement concrete 73. Reprocessing of waste cotton 74. Rope (Cotton & Plastic) 75. Rubber goods industry (with baby boiler only) 76. Scientific and mathematical instruments manufacturing 77. Soap manufacturing (Handmade without steam boiling) 78. Solar module (Non conventional energy apparatus) manufacturing unit 79. Solar power generation through solar photovoltaic cell, wind power & mini hydel power (<25 MW) 80. Spice grinding (<20 HP motor) 81. Steel furniture without spray painting 82. Steeping and processing of grains 83. Surgical and medical products not involving effluent / emission generating processes. 84. Synthetic detergent formulation 131 85. Teflon based products 86. Tyres and tubes re-treading (without boiler) List of Industries under 'Orange' Category 1. Almirah, Grill Manufacturing 2. Aluminium and copper extraction from scrap using oil fired furnace 3. Automobile servicing, repairing and painting (excluding only fuel dispensing) 4. Ayurvedic and Homeopathic medicine 5. Bakery & confectionery units with production capacity >1 TPD 6. Biaxially oriented PP film along with metalising operation 7. Brickfields (excluding fly ash brick manufacturing using lime process) 8. Building & construction projects more than 20,000 sqm built up area 9. Cashew nut processing 10. Chanachur and ladoo from puffed and beaten rice (muri and chira) using husk fired oven 11. Chilling plant, cold storage and ice making 12. Coffee seed processing 13. Coke briquetting (sun drying) 14. Cotton spinning and weaving (medium and large scale) 15. Cutting , sizing and polishing of marble stones 16. Dairy and dairy products (small scale) (capital investment on plant & machinery 1 MVA but < 5 MVA 19. Digital printing on PVC cloth 20. Dismantling of rolling stocks (wagons / coaches) 21. Dry cell battery (excluding manufacturing of electrodes) & assembling & charging of acid lead battery in micro scale [ < Rs. 25 lakhs] 22. Emery powder (fine dust of sand) manufacturing 23. Engineering and fabrication units (with investment on plant & machineries < Rs.10 crores) 24. Excavation of Sand from the river bed (excluding manual excavation) 25. Facility of handling, storage and transportation of food grains in bulk. 26. Fertilizer (granulation and formulation only) 27. Fish feed, poultry feed and cattle feed 28. Fish processing and packaging (excluding chilling of fish) 29. Foam manufacturing 30. Food & food processing including fruits & vegetable processing 31. Forging of ferrous & non-ferrous metal (using oil or gas fired boilers) 32. Formulation / palletization of camphor tablets, naphthalene balls from camphor / naphthalene powders. 33. Glass, Ceramic, Earthen Potteries and Tile manufacturing, using oil or gas fired Kiln, Coating on glasses using Cerium Fluoride, Magnesium Fluoride etc. 34. Glue from starch (physical mixing) 35. Gravure printing, digital printing on flex, vinyl 36. Heat treatment using oil fired furnaces (excluding cyaniding) 37. Hotels (less than 3 star) or hotels having >20 rooms and less than 100 rooms 38. Ice cream 39. Infrastructure development project 40. Jute processing without dyeing 41. Liquid floor cleaner, black phenyl, liquid soap, glycerol monostearate manufacturing. 42. Manufacture of mirror from sheet glass 132 43. Manufacturing of Iodized Salt from Crude / Raw Salt 44. Manufacturing of mosquito repellent coil 45. Manufacturing of tooth powder, toothpaste, talcum powder and other cosmetic items 46. Mechanized laundry using oil fired boiler 47. Modular wooden furniture from particle board, MDF, swan timber etc., Ceiling tiles / partition board from saw dust, wood chips etc. & other agricultural waste using synthetic adhesive resin, wooden box making. 48. Packing materials manufacturing from non asbestos fibre, vegetable fibre yarn 49. Paint blending & mixing (Ball mill) 50. Pharmaceutical formulation and for R & D purpose (for sustained release / extended release of drugs only and not for commercial purpose) 51. Plyboard manufacturing (including vineer & laminate) with oil fired boiler / thermic fluid heater (without resin plant) 52. Potable alcohol (IMFL) by blending, bottling of alcoholic products (capital investment on plant & machinery < Rs. 1.0 crore). 53. Power press 54. Printing ink manufacturing 55. Printing or etching of glass sheet, using hydrofluoric acid 56. Producer gas plant using conventional up-drift coal gasification (linked to rolling mills, glass and ceramic industry, refractories for dedicated fuel supply) 57. Pulverization of bamboo and scrap wood 58. Repairing of electric motor & generator 59. Reprocessing of waste plastic (excluding PVC) 60. Rice mill less than 10 TPD & rice hullers 61. Rolling mill (oil or gas fired) and cold rolling mill 62. Saw mill 63. Seasoning of wood in steam heated chamber 64. Silk screen printing, saree printing by wooden blocks 65. Spice grinding (> 20 HP motor) 66. Spray painting, paint baking, paint stripping 67. Tamarind powder manufacturing 68. Tea processing 69. Thermocol manufacturing 70. Thermometer making 71. Transformer repairing / manufacturing 72. Tyres and tubes vulcanization / hot retreading 73. Wire drawing & wire netting. List of Industries under 'Red' Category 1. Airport and Commercial Air Strips 2. Aluminium smelter 3. Asbestos and asbestos based industries 4. Automobiles Manufacturing (Integrated facilities) 5. Basic chemicals and electro chemicals and its derivatives including manufacture of acids 6. Ceramic, Refractories 7. Cement 8. Chlor Alkali 9. Chlorates, perchlorates and peroxides 133 10. Chlorine, fluorine, bromine, iodine, and their compounds 11. Coal washeries 12. Copper smelter 13. Coke making, liquefaction, coal tar distillation or fuel gas making 14. Common Treatment and disposal facilities (CETP, TSDF, E- Waste recycling, CBMWTF, Effluent conveyance project, incinerators, Solvent / Acid recovery plant, MSW sanitary landfill sites, STP). 15. Distillery including Fermentation industry 16. Dyes and Dye-intermediates 17. Dry coal processing / mineral processing, industries involving ore sintering, palletisation, grinding, pulverization. 18. Emulsion of oil & water 19. Fermentation industry including manufacture of yeast, beer, distillation of alcohol (ENA) 20. Fertilizer (basic) (excluding formulation) 21. Ferrous and Non Ferrous metal extraction involving different furnaces through melting, refining, reprocessing, casting and alloy making. 22. Fibre glass production and processing (excluding moulding) 23. Fire crackers manufacturing and bulk storage facilities 24. Flakes from rejected PET bottle 25. Fly ash export, transport and disposal facilities. 26. Health care establishment (as defined in BMW Rules) 27. Heavy engineering including Ship Building (with investment on Plant & Machineries more than Rs. 10 crores) 28. Hot mix plants 29. Hotels (3 Star & above) and Hotels having 100 rooms and above. 30. Hydrocyanic acid and its derivatives. 31. Industrial carbon including electrodes and graphite blocks, activated carbon, carbon black. 32. Industrial estates / parks/complexes / areas / export processing zones/ SEZs / Biotech parks/ leather complex 33. Industrial inorganic gases namely: a) Chemical gases, Acetylene, hydrogen, chlorine, fluorine, ammonia, sulphur dioxide, ethylene, hydrogen sulphide, phosphine b) Hydrocarbon gases, Methane, ethane, propane 34. Industries engaged in recycling / reprocessing / recovery / reuse of Hazardous Waste under Schedule IV of Hazardous Waste (M,H & TBM) Rules, 2008 and its amendments. 35. Industry or process involving foundry operations. 36. Industry or process involving metal surface treatment or process such as pickling / plating / electroplating / paint stripping / heat treatment / phosphating or finishing and anodizing / enameling / galvanizing. 37. Iron and Steel (involving processing from ore / integrated steel plants and or Sponge Iron Units. 38. Isolated storage of Hazardous Chemicals (as per schedule of Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 as amended) 39. Lead Acid battery manufacturing (excluding assembling & charging of acid lead battery in micro scale (< Rs. 25 lakhs) 40. Lime manufacturing (using Lime Kiln) 41. Manufacturing of Explosives, detonators, fuses including management and handling activities. 42. Manufacturing of Glass 43. Manufacturing of Glue and gelatin 44. Manufacturing of Lubricating oils, greases or petroleum based products 45. Manufacturing of Paints, Varnishes, pigments and intermediate (excluding blending / mixing) 46. Manufacturing of Starch / Sago 134 47. Milk processing and dairy products (integrated project) 48. Mineral stack yards / Railway sidings 49. Mining and ore benification 50. New Highway construction projects 51. Non alcoholic beverage (soft drinks) & bottling of alcoholic / non-alcoholic products (capital investment on plant & machinery > Rs. 1 crore) 52. Nuclear Power Plants 53. Oil & Gas extraction including CBM (offshore & onshore extraction through drilling wells) 54. Oil and gas transportation pipeline 55. Oil Refinery (Mineral Oil or Petro Refineries) 56. Organic chemicals manufacturing 57. Parboiled rice mills (more than 10 TPD) 58. Pesticides (Technical) (excluding Formulation) 59. Petrochemicals (Manufacture of and not merely use of as raw material) 60. Pharmaceuticals (excluding formulation) 61. Pulp and Paper (paper manufacturing with or without pulping) 62. Phosphate rock processing plant 63. Phosphorous and its compounds 64. Photographic films and its chemicals 65. Ports & Harbours, Jetties and Dredging operations 66. Power Generation Plants (except Wind, Solar and Mini Hydel Power plants of capacity <25 MW) and D.G. set of capacity > 5 MVA. 67. Processes involving chlorinated hydrocarbons. 68. Railway Locomotive workshops / Integrated Road Transport workshop / Authorised service centres. 69. Reprocessing of used oils and waste oils 70. Ship breaking activities 71. Slaughter houses (as per the notification S.O.270 (E), dated 26.03.2001) and meat processing industries, bone mill, processing of animal horns, hoofs and other body parts. 72. Steel and steel products using various furnaces like blast furnaces / open hearth furnace / induction furnace / arc furnace/ submerged arc furnace / basic oxygen furnace / hot rolling using reheating furnaces 73. Stone crushers 74. Sugar (excluding Khandsari) 75. Surgical and medical products involving prophylactics and latex 76. Synthetic detergents and soaps (excluding formulation) 77. Synthetic fibres including rayon, tyre cord, polyester filament yarn 78. Synthetic resins 79. Synthetic rubber excluding molding 80. Tanneries 81. Thermal power plants 82. Tobacco products including cigarettes and tobacco / opium processing 83. Vegetable oils including solvent extraction and refinery / hydrogenated oils 84. Yarn / textile processing involving any effluent / emission generating process, bleaching, dyeing, printing and scouring 85. Zinc smelter Note: Any industry / industrial activity which is not covered in above list having Coal fired Boiler with stream generation capacity more than 5 T/hr will be covered under Red Category 135 Note: The industry which do not fall any of the above mentioned three categories (i.e. Red/Orange/Green), decision with regard to their categorisation will be taken by a committee at Head. Office level comprising of the Member Secretary and two senior offices of the Board/Committee. 136 Annexe 4: Pesticides mentioned in the WHO list that are commonly used in the agricultural subprojects along with their trade names: Pesticides falling under class Ia: Extremely hazardous, not permitted for use in the project Pesticide Trade name Aldicarb Temik Parathion Folidol, Ekatox, Thiophos Parathion methyl Metacid Phorate Thimmet Phosphamidon Dimecron Pesticides falling under class Ib: Highly hazardous, not permitted for use in the project Pesticide Trade name Carbofuran Furadan, Thimmet Dichlorovas Nuvan Monocrotophos Nuvacron Warfarin - Zinc phosphide - Pesticides falling under class II: Hazardous, not permitted for use in the project Pesticide Trade name Cypermethrin Cymbush Alpha cypermethrin - Endosulfan Thiodon Fenithrothion - Fenvalerate Sumicidin Carbaryl Sevin Gamma HCH BHC Imidacloprid - Permethrin Ambush Chlorpyrifos Dursban Quinalphos Ekalux Pesticides falling under class III: Permitted for use in the project along with Integrated Pest Management Practices Pesticide Trade name Acephate Orthene, Dimethoate, Rogar Allethrin Pynamin Isoproturon Malathion Sulphur 137 Annexure 5 Commodity wise Environment Guidelines 1. Paddy: Overview of Paddy in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Rice is the Principal food crop cultivated throughout the state of Andhra Pradesh. In AP rice is mostly cultivated under irrigated eco-system under canals (52%), tube wells (19.31%) tanks (16.2%), other wells (8.8%) and other sources (3.7%). In AP rice productivity is 3333 kg/ha compared to 2001 kg/ha (India) and 4112 kg/ha (world). Rice productivity is highest in Nellore district (4473 kg/ha) followed by East Godavari (4028 kg/ha), West Godavari (3928 kg/ha) and lowest in Vishakhapatnam (2075 kg/ha). The crop is grown in three ecosystems viz., irrigated ecosystem (50.6%), rain fed low land (43.8%) and rain fed uplands (5.6%).60 Interventions in Paddy in APRIGP: Around 26,517 producers cultivating 28,520 acres are targeted by APRIGP to improve paddy productivity and income in sustainable manner. The interventions include productivity enhancement, value addition and certification. Paddy value chains are proposed in the districts East Godavari, West Godavari, Krishna and Visakhapatnam. APRIGP will invest in Paddy value chains starting from Productivity enhancement to value addition and marketing. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Paddy value chain: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain Interventions for Productivity Enhancement Varietal selection Varieties not suitable to local Varieties suitable to the local climatic conditions environmental conditions may and environment should be selected. not respond well and increase The list of recommended varieties for the different cost of pest and disease zones of Andhra Pradesh is attached as – Annexe1. management. Method of Long periods of flooding rice System of Rice Intensification (SRI) can be taken cultivation (with fields results in Methane up under bore well irrigated areas – Most of the respect to emission which is green house area under the proposed mandals falls under bore irrigation and gas playing key role in global well irrigated areas. water use) warming. Flood irrigation increases the use of precious water 60 Status paper on Rice in Andhra Pradesh, Dr. C. Cheralu (Rice Breeding), viewed at http://www.rkmp.co.in/sites/default/files/ris/rice-state-wise/Rice%20State%20Wise%20Andhra%20Pradesh_0.pdf on 15th March 2014. 138 resources and in ground water irrigated areas it also increases the energy consumption for pumping ground water. This leads to over exploitation of ground water. Application of urea under flood Application of Azolla / Nadep compost under SRI conditions leads to Nitrous method to supply nitrogen in place of urea. oxide emissions Cropping pattern Continuous mono cropping of It is advisable to follow a Rice-Legume rotation paddy may lead to depletion of pattern of cropping so as to maintain the quality of similar kind of nutrients from soil for a long time. the soil which in turn would lead to decreased productivity in long term. In irrigated areas of Andhra Rice can be followed by short duration legumes Pradesh rice is grown in Rice- such as Green gram, black gram or horse gram. Rice rotation which is very detrimental to the soil health. Managing soil Excessive use of chemical Integrated Nutrient management practices (listed fertility fertilizers without knowing the below) are to be followed for supplying nutrients nutrient status of the soil can be in required quantities without undermining the soil detrimental for soil health. This quality. also increases cost of • Green manure crops such as cow pea, etc., cultivation. can be grown 25 to 30 days before the transplantation of paddy. These are then Besides the chemical fertilizers incorporated in the soil during land leave residues in the soil which preparation/ploughing to improve fertility. leads to salinity and alkalinity • Application of 1 ton/ha of Glyricidia leaf of the soil which in turn affects manure provides 21 kg N, 2.5 kg P, 18 kg the soil structure. K, 85 g Zn, 164 g Mn, 365 g Cu, 728 g Fe besides considerable quantities of S, Ca, Mg, B, Mo etc. Six feet tall Glyricidia plants on the bunds around one field (on 400 m bund) can provide 22.5 kg N/ha after 3 years and up to 77 kg N/ha from the 7th year onwards. Amount of Glyricidia leaf manure application depends on the growth of boundary plantations. Usually about 1 to 2 Tons/h leaf manure can be applied.61 • Other organic manures and fertilisers that 61 Soil Health Improvement with Gliricidia Green Leaf Manuring in Rainfed Agriculture On farm Experiences by Ch. Srinivasa Rao, B.Venkateswarlu, M. Dinesh Babu, Suhas P. Wani, Sreenath Dixit, K.L. Sahrawat and Sumanta Kundu, viewed at http://www.crida.in/naip/pub/Gliricia_Booklet.pdf on 24th February 2014. 139 can be applied are Farm Yard Manure (2-5 t/ha), Vermicompost (5-10 q/ha), bio fertilizers such as Azospirillum (2 kg/ha) and Phosphate Solubilising Bacteria (2 kg/ha) added to soil at the time of puddling (in traditional method of cultivation), goat droppings (1.25 t/ha), poultry manure (1.25 t/ha), wood ash (1.25 t/ha) etc. Weed Application of weedicides • Application of Azolla suppresses the weed management causes damage to Fish, growth and provides nitrogen to the crop. impeded propagation of Algae • Mechanical weeding with weeders / and other non targeted Manual weeding organisms. This will also lead to chemical residues in soil and water. Pest control Use of chemical pesticides Non Pesticide Management Practices are to be cause damage to aquatic bio followed for pest control as suggested below: diversity in rice fields and • Deep summer ploughing to kill surrounding water bodies and hibernating pest larvae leaves chemical residues. • Use of Pest resistant or tolerant varieties – given as Annexe 1. • Avoiding use of excess nitrogen • Use of pheromone traps and light traps • Use of neem based pesticides • Release of bio control agents Interventions for Storage, processing etc. Storage Fumigation of storage godowns • Clean rice barn, warehouse or storehouse and storage spaces with Methyl before storing the produce. The regular bromide and phosphine in cleaning of the storage is recommended. order to control store product • Spray plant extract, such as Bitter bush or pests may cause damage to Siam weed (Eupatorium odoratum L.) to human health. kill insects on the floor, wall and vacant space in the storage. • Mix seeds with plant extracts such as Neem (Azadirachta indica A.), dried Long pepper flower (Piper longum) and Sweet flag (Acorus calamus L.) • Fumigate the storage structures with carbon dioxide gas. Transportation Contamination is possible • Containers and sacks used for packing, as during package and transport. well as vehicle for transporting organic rice, should be clean and free from any contamination of chemical substances and other rice. It is not recommended to use vehicle that has been loaded with soil, 140 animals, manures, fertilizers or chemicals that may cause contamination of pathogenic and toxic substances, unless such vehicle has been properly cleaned before use. • Separate Carrier or vehicle should be allotted to handle organic rice. Organic rice shall not be comingled with non- organic commodity and other prohibited materials or substances for organic agriculture during transportation from production site to distribution center. Milling62 Water used for soaking the • Good and adequately maintained drainage paddy, especially for parboiled to facilitate run-off and minimize the rice production, if not properly likelihood of flooding. Regular inspection treated could result in water of bulk storage tanks to minimize the risk pollution and odour nuisance to of surface water pollution. local community. • Installation of interceptor traps for solids, oil and fuel to reduce the control release of contaminated water via the surface drains. Separation of milling areas from all other areas of operation. Water proofing of mill floor and all other floors. Air pollution both on site and in • Adequate ventilation should be provided to the surrounding locality due to prevent dust pollution and reduce heat. release of dust to the Prevention of dusts on machinery and in the atmosphere from handling or building by timely cleaning operations. processing of the paddy or its Design of chimney and vents of sufficient by-products is a major height and appropriate technology to avoid environmental concern for rice causing local nuisance of dust and smoke mills. emissions. Walls should be designed in a way to prevent accumulation of dust and entry of rodents, birds, or pests. Energy usage63 Different operations in paddy Hulling of rice before parboiling process is also a processing require possible option to reduce energy consumption for considerable energy for rice parboiling. It would save 40% of energy parboiling, mechanical drying however this process is susceptible to and milling. contamination if the processing equipment is not as per food grade quality and it needs shade 62 Scoping Study on Clean Technology Opportunities and Barriers in Indonesian Palm Oil Mill and Rice Mill Industries: International Finance Corporation. Prepared by IRG, Philippins, viewed at http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/8894fe804726241c945cbf2b131bed2a/Scoping%2Bstudy%2Bclean%2Btechnology%2 Bopportunities%2Bin%2BIndonesia.pdf?MOD=AJPERES on 27th February 2014. 63 Energy Utilization and Environmental Aspects of Rice Processing Industries in Bangladesh: by Mohammed Ahiduzzaman and Abul K. M. Sadrul Islam, viewed at http://www.mdpi.com/1996-1073/2/1/134 on 25th February 2014. 141 drying Instead of open floor drying under sunshine as in traditional practices. Waste Disposal of solid wastes, Paddy husk can be reused as fuel for paddy drying, management particularly unused rice husk to run steam generator or gassifier. occupies space and creates Charcoal briquetting units can be set up which use inconvenience. paddy husk as raw material. Effluent produced during cleaning of equipment will Treatment of effluent and wastewater before pose a problem to surrounding release as per the standards of Pollution Control environment. Board. Marketing opportunities for Organic Paddy: Rice being a major food commodity in the state organic rice can be marketed with premium through retails or wholesale outlets. Organic rice has demand in international market as well. Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority (APEDA) makes efforts to produce and export basmati rice, aromatic rice and other rice varieties by establishing model farms. Can be linked with Nutrition cum Day Care Centres (NDCCs) Support Agencies: • Directorate of Rice Research (Indian Council of Agricultural Research) Rajendranagar, Hyderabad – 500030. Tele fax – 040 – 24591217. Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University, Rajendranagar. Respective Krishi Vignan Kendras (KVKs) and District Agriculture Advisory technology Centres (DAATCs) and Agriculture Technology Management Agency (ATMA). 142 2. Red gram: Overview of Paddy in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Andhra Pradesh has an area about 4.63 lakh hectares under red gram with annual production of 3.02 lakh tonnes. Its contribution to India‟s production is 12.75 per cent per annum. It is grown mostly in all the districts. The major varieties grown are LRG 30, LRG 41, Durga, Laxmi, Asha, Maruthi and PRG-158. The productivity of red gram is 500 kgs per ha in Andhra Pradesh (2011) against a national average of 675 kgs per ha which is considerably low. Interventions in Red gram in APRIGP: APRIGP will target 18,940 red gram producers cultivating 36,000 acres of land. The objective is to enhance the yield from 1.8 qtls per acre to 2.8 qtls per acre through sustainable agricultural practices. APRIGP will invest in Red gram value chains in productivity enhancement, certification, aggregation and value addition. The proposed districts for value chain interventions Kadapa, Nellore, Prakasam, Vizianagaram, Ananatapur and Kurnool. In total 34 mandals will be covered. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Red gram value chain: Activity in Possible issues Interventions, Best practices the value chain Interventions for Productivity Enhancement Varietal Varieties not suitable to local The recommended varieties for the state selection environmental conditions may of Andhra Pradesh are: not respond well and increase LRG 30, LRG 41, Durga, Laxmi, Maruthi, cost of pest and disease Asha and PRG-158. management. In seed production farms rouging (removing the plants from previous season) is important as it contaminates genetic purity of the seeds. It is advisable to select a farm where red gram is not cultivated before for seed production. Cropping Mono-cropping of red gram is Red can be is grown as an intercrop, system - unsustainable due to pest attacks, between sorghum (jowar), pearl millet Intercropping and delayed income. (bajra), maize and cotton. Under organic management, when red gram is intercropped with soybean/cowpea and moong, it has been found to enrich the soil significantly. This combination can also be used in the first year of conversion of conventional farms to organic, in order to make the soil alive and fertile. 143 Growing of two rows of moong after every two rows of red gram is also beneficial. It not only ensures some moong yield as a bonus, but its biomass mulch reduces the growth of weeds, preserves soil moisture and ensures increased productivity of red gram. Irrigation As red gram is a rain-fed crop Red gram requires 35–40 cm water during which is generally grown in its entire growth period. Optimum assured rainfall areas, it usually moisture is necessary during (a) budding; does not require any irrigation. (b) flowering; and (c) pod formation stages. In case of water stress, protective irrigation may be given in alternate rows at these three stages. Using harvested intercrops biomass as mulch to preserve soil moisture and to maintain microbial activity. Water stress could develop after Proper drainage is essential in low lying excessive rain or flood or areas. because of improper drainage Draining out the excess water at the earliest Excess irrigation leads to water by using drainage channels if there is a logging in low lying areas gradient and if not by using motors, Taking up the gap filling at the earliest Inter cultivation at optimum field moisture condition, Apply 4-5 kg N/acre after draining excess water, To spray KNO3 1 % or water soluble fertilizers like 19-19- 19, 20-20-20, 21-21-21 at 1% to support nutrition Manures and Fertilizers applied without soil Soil testing based fertilizer application is Fertilisers testing will leads to leaching of recommended. nutrients, excess input cost or Plant trees of neem, babul, pongam, less yield. sesban, glyricidia, etc., on farm bunds to get leaf manure. Pest Pod borers or bollworms The following Non Chemical Pest Management (Helicoverpa), aphids, jassids, management methods can be followed to thrips, mites, etc., are some of the keep pest population under control. main insect pests that affect red • Intercropping of red gram with gram. Fusarium wilt disease can soybean, moong, groundnut, also be a serious problem in some sorghum/maize and random places. Boll worm attack is most planting of marigold and Hibiscus damaging and is therefore of subdariffa (lal ambari) help in major concern. keeping the pest population under The chemicals recommended for the ETL. 144 red gram pest control cannot be • To reduce pest attacks and to used in the project. ensure intermittent income, in mono cropping mix 1–2% seeds of sorghum or any other millet with red gram at the time of sowing. • One or two rows of marigold around the field or random planting of about 100 marigold plants/acre also helps in the control of insects and pests • Jaggery powder (10 kg/ha) is sprayed on the soil surface, to attract ants that predate on the larvae. • Approx. 10–12 bird perches installed per hectare attract birds that predate on the pests. Yellow rice (1 kg rice cooked with turmeric powder) kept on or near the perches will attract predatory birds. • Inundated release of Chrysoperla 5,000 eggs 15 days after sowing and Trichogramma 50,000 eggs (2– 3 cards) 30 days after sowing help to keep pest populations under control. • Spraying of 5% NSKE at 15 day interval keeps pest under control • Garlci Chilli extract with cow urine also keeps pest population under control. • 500–1000 ml HNPV (nuclear polyhydrous virus) per ha.controls pod borer. Interventions for Storage, processing etc. Storage Chemicals, fertilizers or Farmers should be advised properly on the irrigation water with high standard storage practices for red gram and chlorine could result in lower the dangers of using chemicals and quality of red gram grains. fertilizers. Red gram grains are mostly Packaging in air tight bags is suggested to transported and stored in packed retain quality of the grains with enhanced woven jute or polypropylene bags shelf life and to protect them from the which do not offer barrier adverse environmental factors. against moisture and insect 145 pests. Beetles affect red gram in Dry the clean grain in the sun to ensure storage. moisture below 8%. Mix crushed neem leaves with the Red gram grain before storing it in gunny bags. Gunny bags can also be treated with 5% neem oil. Chemicals/pesticides/weedicides / fertilizers should not be stored along with raw red gram. Milling Noise pollution to the workers Noise protective equipment should be and in the neighbourhood due to provided to the operator of the machine. milling Silencer should be attached to the equipment to reduce noise from the equipment to surrounding areas. Fine dust during milling will lead Person using these machines must wear to health issues like allergy, mask for preventing the problem related to asthma in long run. inhalation Transport Organic dal may get Vehicles used for transport for chemicals contaminated when transported should not be used for transport of red along with other commodities. gram. The vehicle should be cleaned and dried before transportation of red gram grains and Dal after milling Waste Disposal of red gram seed coat Usually this is used in cattle feeds and disposal after milling hence no issue with disposal. Marketing opportunities for Organic Red gram dal: Farmers willing to go on conventional organic can associate with Dharani farming and Marketing Macs limited, Chennakottapalli Village and mandal, Ananatapur,Andhra pradeh, Pin – 515101, accredited under National Programme for Organic Production (NPOP). Dal can also be utilized in Nutrition and Day Care Centres Support Agencies: Acharya N.G. Ranga Agricultural University, Rajendranagar Respective Krishi Vignan Kendras (KVKs) and District Agriculture Advisory technology Centres (DAATCs) and Agriculture Technology Management Agency (ATMA) Lam farm: ANGRAU, Agricultural Research Station, ARS Lam, PO Lam, Guntur 522 034 (AP) E-mail ID: pspulses@gmail.com 146 3. Turmeric: Overview of Turmeric in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Major turmeric growing states in India are Andhra Pradesh (57%)64, Karnataka, Maharastra, Odisha and Kerala. The area under turmeric in Andhra Pradesh is 1,58,938 ha and production is 9,85,416 tons65. The productivity of turmeric in Andhra Pradesh is 7.4 tons per ha against a national average of 5.1 (2010-11) tons per ha66. It is mainly cultivated in Krishna, Guntur, Cuddaph, Kurnool, East and West Godavari, Nizamabad, Karimnagar, Srikakulam and Visakhapatnam districts of Andhra Pradesh. Turmeric pockets in Andhra Pradesh are Cuddapah, Adilabad, Medak, Nizamabad and Guntur. Interventions in Turmeric in APRIGP : APRIGP will target 50108 producers growing turmeric in 48,539 acres of land. The interventions include augmenting the production, value addition, certification and aggregation for marketing. The area of operation for the turmeric value chain include the districts Srikakulam, Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam. Operational mandals are 12 covering an area of 48,539 acres. Turmeric has been growing as traditional crop by Tribal farmers in paderu, seethampeta regions. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Turmeric value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Productivity Enhancement Varietal Varieties not suitable to local Growing of traditional varieties with selection environmental conditions may not interventions such as irrigation, respond well and increase the manuring etc. for yield enhancement chemical inputs and cost of should be explored. In case of need for cultivation. varietal replacement suitable varieties should be selected with suggestion from department of Horticulture. Cropping Mono cropping may deplete Turmeric can be grown as an intercrop system - nutrients as turmeric requires in coconut plantations. Intercropping nutrients in high quantities. Weed problem will be more in monocrop. Planting (seed Seed treatment is recommended Apply cattle manure neem seed cake treatment) with Dithane M45 or malathion (25 gms) and Trichoderma (10 gms which cannot be used in project. innoculated in cattle manure) in the pits before planting the rhizomes. 64 Turmeric, viewed at http://www.icexindia.com/profiles/turmeric_profile.pdf on 19th February 2014. 65 Area and Production of major Horticulture Crops 2012-13, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/area_and_production- 2012-13.htm on 19th February 2014. 66 Indian Horticulture Database -2013, National Horticulture Board, viewed at http://nhb.gov.in/area- pro/Indian%20Horticulture%202013.pdf on 27th March 2014. 147 Nutrient Crop requires 300 kg N, 125 kg The following organic nutrient management P2O5 and 200 kg K2O per hectare management practices can be in organic and inorganic forms. 25 followed: tons of FYM is recommended • 2 days of goat, sheep penning before ploughing. during April, May • 15 tons of FYM after Use of chemical fertilizers will ploughing as basal dose leave residues in soil and affects • 2.5 quintals of neem or castor microbial activity. cake after ploughing and 40 days after transplanting • 5 quintals of Ghana jeevamrutham at 80 days and 120 days after transplanting • 100 lits of Drava jeevamrutham with each irrigation. Irrigation Furrow irrigation leads to wastage Turmeric requires frequent irrigation. of water It requires 20 – 25 irrigation during the crop period. One or two ring wells may dug up to provide regular irrigation. Drip irrigation will lead to higher yields. Following stages are critical stages for irrigation: • Germination stage • Tillering stage • Rhaizome initiation stage • Rhizome development stage Mulching: Mulching with green /dried leaves, live mulch with creepers is essential for germination, check weed growth and to conserve soil moisture. Mulching with Dhaincha, Sunhemp, Glyricidia are the best leaves for mulching. Pest Heavy incidence of Rhizome rot, Shoot borer: Spraying neemoil 0.5 per Management leaf spot, bacterial leaf blight and cent during July-October (at 21 day stem borer demands use of intervals) is effective against the shoot pesticides and fungicides. borer. Use of chemicals for pest management will leave harmful Rhizome rot: Selection of healthy residues in soil, affects biodiversity rhizomes, soil solarization and and may leave residues in product incorporation of Trichoderma, seed as well. treatment and soil application of biocontrol agents like Trichoderma or Pseudomonas multiplied in suitable 148 carrier media such as coir pith compost, well rotten cow dung or quality neem cake may be done at the time of sowing and at regular intervals to keep the rhizome rot disease in check. Leaf spot: To control other foliar diseases spraying of Bordeaux mixture 1% may be done restricting the quantity to 8 kg copper per hectare per annum. Interventions for Processing, storage and transport Curing Curing involves boiling of rhizome Steam boiler can be used which fingers (mother tubers are usually enable uniform cooking of rhizomes, kept for seed purpose) in water. saving the fuel and time, since this method boils higher quantity of rhizomes. Water requirement is more in Capacity of the boiler is about 250 to traditional method of curing and 270 kgs/batch and 3.5 to 4 tonnes per requires more fuel. day of eight hours. Fuel requirements is 18-20 kgs of agricultural waste materials per batch of 250 to 270 kgs of rhizomes. The cost of the unit is approximately Rs. 1.00 lakh (2008). Boiling in perforated trough in a pan will also save water as the water can be reused. Drying The cooked fingers are dried in the During night time, the rhizomes sun by spreading them in five-seven should be heaped or covered with cm thick layers on bamboo mats or material which provides aeration. drying floor. It may take 10-15 days for the rhizomes to become completely dry. Unclean drying floors and contact Solar tunnel drying can be explored to with moisture will develop molds avoid spoilage and maintain the and encourage pest attacks. quality, colour. Polishing The appearance is improved by No environmental issues. smoothening and polishing the outer surface by manual or mechanical rubbing on a hard surface. The improved method is by using a hand operated barrel or drum 149 mounted on a central axis, the sides of which are made of expanded metal mesh. When the drum filled with turmeric is rotated, polishing is effected by abrasion of the surface against the mesh as well as by mutual rubbing against each other as they roll inside the drum. Turmeric is also polished in power operated drums. Storage The following fungicides are Rhizomes for seed purpose are recommended as a pre-storage dip generally stored by heaping in well treatment for rhizome seeds: ventilated rooms and covered with quinalphos at 0.075%, and turmeric leaves. The seed rhizomes mancozeb at 0.3%. The chemicals can also be stored in pits with saw are not permitted in project as per dust, sand along with leaves of the World Bank Safeguard Policy Strychnos nuxvomica. The pits are to on Pest management. The be covered with wooden planks with chemicals leave residues in the one or two openings for aeration. product which is harmful. For preservation of seed rhizomes the material can also be stored by heaping them under the shade of trees. Heaps are covered with turmeric leaf and plastered with soil and cow dung mixture. It can be left undisturbed for 2 - 3 months until sowing. The cured produce can be stored in pits of 4 x 3 x 2 m size. Pits are dug in elevated place and dried for two days; bottom and sides of the pits are thickly lined with grass or Palmyrah mats. Subsequently cured produce is filled in pits and is covered with mats and finally with earth. The materials can be stored for one year. Packing Packaging is normally done in No environmental issues. clean gunny bags and it should be polythene laminated gunny bags. For domestic markets, turmeric are packed in gunny bags and jute sacks. 150 Marketing opportunities for Organic Turmeric: Organic certification of Turmeric for export: Certification and labeling is to be done by an independent body accredited by APEDA to provide a guarantee that the production standards are met. The inspectors appointed by the certification agencies will carry out inspection of the farm operations through records maintained and by periodic site inspections. Documentation of farm activities is must for acquiring certification especially when both conventional and organic crops are raised. Group certification programmes are also done for organized group of producers and processors with similar production systems located in geographical proximity which can be utilized by APRIGP. The following practices are mandatory for organic certification: For certified organic production, at least for 18 months the crop should be under orgsanic management i.e. only the second crop of turmeric can be sold as organic. The conversion period may be relaxed if the organic farm is being established on a land where chemicals were not previously used, provided sufficient proof of history of the area is available. Turmeric when grown in a mixed cultivation system, all the crops in the field should also be cultivated in organic methods of production. In order to avoid contamination of organically cultivated plots from neighboring non-organic farms, a suitable buffer zone of 25 to 50 ft is to be maintained. Crop grown on this buffer zone cannot be treated as organic. In sloppy lands adequate precaution should be taken to avoid the entry of runoff water and chemical drift from the neighboring farms. Proper soil and water conservation measures by making conservation pits in the interspaces of beds across the slope have to be followed to minimize the erosion and runoff. Water stagnation has to be avoided in the low lying fields by taking deep trenches for drainage. Support from Spices Board: Spices Board provides support for marketing by linking with retails marts, brand building and export promotion. Assistance will be given for developing appropriate product, packaging and compliance with other statutory requirements in force in the target market including traceability details and Bar Coding. Similarly the Board provides assistance to exporters to develop products to promote different values/applications of spices. Sources of Support Department of Horticulture, Government of Andhra Pradesh Public Gardens, Hyderabad Ph.No.:23240124, 23234091, Fax.No.: 23240181 horticulturedept@yahoo.co.in, dir_hort@ap.gov.in Respective Krishi Vignan Kendras (KVKs) and District Agriculture Advisory technology Centres (DAATCs) and Agriculture Technology Management Agency (ATMA) Spices Board (Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Govt. of India) 'Sugandha Bhavan", N.H.By Pass, Palarivattom.P.O Cochin – 682025, Kerala, India Phone : 91-484-2333610 – 616, Fax : 91-484-2334429, 2331429 Indian Institutue of Spices research Chelavoor, Kozhikode, Kerala, 673012 151 4. Cashew: Overview of Cashew in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Andhra Pradesh has an area about 85,686 hectares under cashew with annual production of 58,26,635 M.T of raw nuts67. Its contribution to India‟s production is 16.14 per cent per annum68. Important cashew growing districts in the state are Guntur, Krishna, East Godavari, West Godavari, Srikakulam, Vishakhapatnam, Nellore and Prakasam. The state productivity is 544 kgs/ha against a national average of 695 kg/Ha.69 Interventions in Cashew nut in APRIGP: APRIGP will target 52,500 cashew producers to produce 32,523 tons of cashew nut through sustainable production practices. The proposed interventions are productivity enhancement, value addition to cashew apple, intercropping, certification and aggregation for marketing. The interventions will be in 5 districts – Srikakulam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Vizianagaram and Visakhapatnam. An area of 59785 acres will be covered in 45 mandals. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Cashew nut value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Productivity Enhancement Varietal Varieties not suitable to local The recommended varieties for the selection environmental conditions may not state of Andhra Pradesh are: respond well and increase cost of BPP-4 (progeny EPM 9/8) BPP-6 pest and disease management. (progeny T No.56), BPP-8 (T No.1xT No.39), VRI-2 (M44/3) and Vengurla 4. Cropping Mono cropping may deplete In forest plantations of cashew system - nutrients as cashew is usually legumes like ground nut, horse gram, Intercropping grown in low nutrient soils and in cowpea or turmeric can be raised as sloppy lands soil erosion might inter crops during first 3 years as they occur. add nutrient value besides providing additional income. Horticulture crops like pineapple, custard apple and lemon can also be raised after checking the suitability of soil and irrigation facilities. Casuarina can also be planted as intercrop at a spacing of 1.5m x 1.5m. In the west Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh, cashew is grown in combination with casuarina and 67 Area and Production of Major Horticultural Crops 2012-13, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/area_and_production- 2012-13.htm on 14th February 2014. 68 Cashew nut, viewed at http://aphorticulture.nic.in/Cashew.htm on 12th February 2014. 69 http://dccd.gov.in/stat.htm viewe don 25th Feburary 2014. 152 coconut with good returns. Intercropping also reduces has reduced weeding period of cashew by about 50 per cent when compared to sole cashew crop70. Irrigation Intensive irrigation is required in Mulching the basin with dry leaves summer with stand scorching effect will conserve moisture, reduce the during initial stages which might be requirement of water and will suppress a problem in water scarce areas. weed growth in basins as well. Proper drainage is essential in low lying areas. Soil moisture conservation activities like construction of conservation furrows, trenches, contour bunds, half moon circles can help in water harvesting leading to higher production. Excess irrigation leads to water After floods or heavy rains the excess logging in low lying areas. water should be drained and crop sprayed with 1% KNO3 or Urea 2% solution 2-3 times. Broken and damaged branches may be pruned and applied with Bordeaux paste Manures and Fertilizers applied without soil Soil testing based fertilizer application fertilizers testing will leads to leaching and is recommended. To improve the wastage of nutrients, excess input fertilizer efficiency fertiliser should be cost or less yield. applied in trenches of 10-15 cm deep dug about 100-150 cm away from the trunk. Farm yard manure or compost of 30 to 35 kg/adult tree or 20 of poultry manure per adult tree gave better results. Green manuring crops like sun hemp can be grown during rainy season to improve the soil fertility. The root system is generally confined to a radius of 2 m and a depth of 1 m. In order to achieve maximum 70 Sustainable Cashew Production in Cuddalore District – A case study, Haripriya.S Assistant Professor (Horticulture), Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore, viewed at http://agropedia.iitk.ac.in/content/sustainable-cashew-production- cuddalore-district-%E2%80%93-case-study on 12th February 2014. 153 utilization of applied nutrients, fertilizer practices can be confined to this part of the root zone. In the eastern coastal areas cashew is grown mostly on sloping land. A considerable amount of nutrient leaching and soil erosion are common in such situations. Cashew farmers are advised to construct terraces and contour pits and drains to conserve runoff water, check erosion and to drain excess water. Pest The chemicals recommended for Stem borer: To control stem borer management cashew pest control fall under class chisel out the damaged area of the tree Ia, Ib and II which cannot be used and swab that port with neem oil (50 in the project. ml neem oil+1 litre water+5ml tepol or 5gm soap) to the tree trunk upto a height of 1 meter during April-may. Remove and destrpy dead and decaying plant parts to ensure sanitation71. Tea Mosquito Bug: 2% Pongam Seed Kernal Extract spary is found effective72 Interventions in processing, storage and transport Drying / The traditional practice in south Rotating the drum with bare hands Roasting India is to spread the nuts out on might cause burns, and shelling might flat rocks in the sun, so as to allow cause injury to hands. Power drove them to dry until the shell becomes can be fitted for rotating the drum. brittle. The kernel could then be removed from the shell by striking Inhaling the smoke is harmful for the the nut with a wooden batten to health, precautions to be taken like split the shell along the natural line using masks. of cleavage. Open roasting: The roasting is done in an open circular mild steel dish, measuring 600 to 675 mm (2 to 2.5 feet) in diameter, supported over an open fire. Between 1 and 1.5 kg of raw nuts are placed on to the heated pan at a time. The nuts are heated 71 IPM – Integrated Pest Management package for Cashew, viewed on http://ppqs.gov.in/pack/ipmpackage/cashew.pdf on 11th February 2014. 72 http://www.inflibnet.ac.in/ojs/index.php/KJAS/article/viewFile/1539/1367 viewed on 12th February 2014. 154 on the pan, with constant stirring, in order to prevent burning. As the nuts heat up, the Cashew Nut Shell Liquid (CNSL) is exuded onto the pan and eventually ignites, producing clouds of thick black smoke. After heating and burning for about two minutes (judged by experience) the pan is dowsed in water and the nuts are thrown off and allowed to cool, during which the shells become brittle and can be readily removed from the nut. Drum roasting: In this process the nuts (without any conditioning) are fed into a rotating drum, which is heated initially to red hot sufficiently to allow the shell portion of the nut to ignite and burn. Once ignition starts no further heating is necessary and the drum maintains the temperature on its own because of the burning of oil, which oozes out of the nuts. The shell becomes very brittle. The roasting generally takes about 3-5 minutes and the drum is rotated by hand. The roasted nuts, which are still burning are removed from the discharge end and immediately covered by ash to absorb the oil that is found on the surface. Kernels obtained in this process have a better color than in the other processes. Steam Roasting: In this method, the No environmental issues in this raw cashew nuts are treated in a method. cooker filled with steam at 100-110 Kg/Cm2 for about 15 minutes. The treated raw nuts are spread out on the floor for cooling and then sent to the shelling section the next day. The turnout and appearance of 155 whole kernels from raw nuts treated in this method are said to be better than in any other method. The cashew nut shell liquid (CNSL) obtained in this method from the shells is very clear and command a premium price. About 75% of the CNSL can be extracted from the shells. Shelling Shelling is the removal of dry Precautions to avoid injuries and roasted shell. By striking the head keeping first aid kit available. It is of the nut, the natural line of advised to wear gloves as a preventive cleavage is broken. It is important measure depending on convenience. when shelling the nut that the kernal is not broken as whole nuts command a higher price in the market. This operation is done manually mostly by skilled women. Wood ash is applied to the hands to prevent damage to the hands and kernel. Storage Organo halogen taint gives off Drying yards should not be cleaned flavor to cashew nuts if not stored with halogen containing cleaning and transported properly. This agents (such a bleaching powder etc.). usually happened due to chemicals, Farmers should be advised properly on fertilsiers or irrigation water with the standard storage practices for nuts high chlorine. and the dangers of using halogen based chemicals and fertilizers. The separated nuts are dried for 2-3 days to bring the moisture content down to 8 % and stored in tins or gunny bags. Should be stored only in jute bags which are not treated chemically. Avoid plastic bags. Chemicals / pesticides / weedicides / fertilizers should not be stored along with raw nuts. Vehicles used for transport for chemicals should not be used for transport of nuts. The vehicle should be cleaned and dried before transport Waste From cashew apple drinks can be The left over fruit pulp should be 156 management made (non alcoholic). Jam, chutney composted. and pickles are also prepared. The left over pulp is disposed openly leading breeding of flies etc. Marketing opportunities for Organic Cashew: The Cashew Export Promotion Council of India (CEPCI)73 was established by the Government of India in the year 1955, with the active cooperation of the cashew industry with the object of promoting exports of cashew kernels and cashew nut shell liquid from India. The Council provides the necessary institutional frame-work for performing the different functions that serve to intensify and promote exports of cashew kernels and cashew nut shell liquid. The Council provides the necessary liaison for bringing together foreign importers with exporters of cashew kernels. The enquiries received from the foreign importers are circulated amongst Council members. The Council also extends its support in settling complaints amicably in the matter of exports/imports either on account of quality and /or variation in fulfillment of contractual obligations. The Schemes by CEPCI for 12th 5 year plan are: 1. Process Mechanization and automation of Cashew Processing units 2. Quality upgradation and Food Safety Certifications: This includes the following support: 1. Certification Consultancy charges 2. Certification charges 3. Certification Audit charges 4. Safety equipments 5. Any other relevant item directly related to Quality control / Food Safety Certifications Marketing linkages can be explored with organic commodity marketing organizations with presence in A.P. Some examples are - 24 letter organic mantra, Morarka organic , Suminter India organic etc. Also marketing through commodity exchanges like NCDEX and NSE can also be explored. NCDEX Spot Exchange Limited Akruti Corporate Park,1st Floor, Near G.E.Garden , L.B.S. Marg, Kanjurmarg (West), Mumbai - 400 079. Tel : (+91-22) - 66406789 Fax : (+91-22) - 66406891 E-mail: askus@ncdexspot.com Sources of Support: Directorate of Cashew Research, Post Darbe, Puttur-574202, D.K., Karnataka - 574202. dircajures@gmail.com, Phone: 08251 - 231530, 230902, 236490 Cashew Research Station, Bapatla-522 101 Guntur Phone:08643-225304 73 The Cashew Export Promotion Council of India, viewed at http://www.cashewindia.org/php/cepcContents.php?CatID=2 on 25th February 2014. 157 Respective Krishi Vignan Kendras (KVKs) and District Agriculture Advisory technology Centres (DAATCs) and Agriculture Technology Management Agency (ATMA). 158 5. Coffee: Overview of Coffee in Andhra Pradesh: Coffee is grown in Araku valley of North-Western Andhra Pradesh within the Eastern Ghats in the district of Visakhapatnam forms a non-traditional coffee growing area. Araku coffee is of Arabica type and is grown at elevations ranging from 900 to 1100 meters above sea level. The main intercrops are pepper (Piper nigrum), jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus) and mango. Araku Coffee is grown in an area covering some 80,000 acres, mainly under private tribal holdings and the state government's Andhra Pradesh Forest Development Corporation. The agency (tribal) area is largely populated by various indigenous tribal people of whom about 60,000 benefit from the introduction coffee cultivation. Many of these tribal people made a livelihood through shifting cultivation which destroyed large areas of forests prior to coffee cultivation. Coffee promotion in Paderu: Paderu in Vishakapatnam District is a tribal belt with annual rainfall of 1250 mm at an altitude of 3650 feet MSL. Warm weather with high rainfall for a period of 6 months is congenial for coffee plantations. The rich forest cover in the tribal area dwindled due to podu cultivation and the poor tribal farmers with primitive cultivation and low productivity force the farmers to work as daily labourers. Coffee plantation programme in ITDA was initiated in 1985 with the help of Coffee Board and of late pepper as an intercrop is yielding good returns to the farmers with very little investment. Organic Coffee of Araku in Paderu has good market potential with brand name “Araku Emerald”. Every year about 10,000 acres of new plantations are raised by ITDA which is low compared to the demand. Further the old low yielding plantations need to be replanted. To encourage coffee cultivation with pepper as intercrop tribal farmers are provided with 100% assistance under TRICOR and National Rural Employment Guarantee scheme (NREGS). Para workers/coffee extension workers are engaged in field demonstrations who are trained by coffee board74. Interventions in Coffee in APRIGP: APRIGP targets 56729 coffee producers who will produce 6700 tons of coffee using sustainable practices. The interventions include introduction of pepper plantations for shade, productivity enhancement of coffee and pepper, certification, value addition and aggregation and marketing. The interventions will be in Visakhapatnam district spread across 4 mandals – Paderu, G. Madugula, Chintapalli and G.K. Veedhi. The total acreage will be 59738 acres. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Coffee value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Productivity Enhancement Planting Varieties not suitable to local Arabica: Planting material should be material environmental conditions may not selected according to its suitability to respond well and increase cost of local conditions and natural habitats pest and disease management and (selection 4, selection 6, selection 8).It have impact on local biodiversity. should be grown from seeds obtained from known sources where certified 74 159 seeds should be preferred. Nutrient As the coffee is usually promoted For soil nutrient management management in forest lands in agency areas chopping and incorporation of crop application of chemical nutrients residues as well as organic manure or would result in chemical residues in compost/vermicompost can be soil which will have an impact on followed to help improve soil fertility eco system. by increasing organic matter content, improving nutrient and water retention and reducing erosion. Soil chemical, biological composition analysis and leaf analysis should be carried out to understand nutrient availability to plan organic manure application. While using crop residues ensure that infected materials are removed to check the spread of pests and diseases. Pest Use of chemicals for pest and The use of clean (pest and disease Management disease control would result in free) seed at planting is an important Negative impact on flora and fauna strategy for controlling seed borne and leave chemical residues in soil diseases, such as coffee wilt disease. which will have an impact on eco Seed from disease free sources should system. always be used. Pruning of coffee trees increases the vigour of the plant by cutting away unproductive vegetation and opening up the leaf canopy. This allows more light to penetrate and air to circulate, thus reducing the humidity and temperature. These conditions are less favourable to many pests and diseases. Maintaining optimum shade reduces stem borer attack. In case of stem borer attack the infested plants should be uprooted and burned. Phromone(2- hydroxy-3- decanone @ 30 per ha)traps and sticky traps can also be used to control stem borer. Too less canopy increased stem borer incidence. Scrubbing the bark deters egg laying. For control of coffee berry borers all the berries on the ground after harvest 160 should be collected and destroyed to avoid infestation in the next crop. Coffee rust to be controlled by 0.5% Bordeaux mixture.75 Water As coffee is grown usually in slopy Prevent erosion as well as the conservation lands irrigation leads to soil erosion deterioration of the soil by biological and wastage of water. and mechanical control (e.g. use of terraces, erosion barriers, rain basins etc). Shade trees Make use of shade trees of different, preferably native species that are compatible with coffee production. Eg: Pine apple, Mango, Pepper which can give additional income also. Processing Waste Wet processing involves the Management in removal of the outer red skin processing: (exocarp) and the white fleshy pulp (mesocarp) and the separation of Wet processing- the pulp and beans. Drum or disk Involves pulpers are used. removing the For small-scale units, the cherries skin, pulp, can be pulped in a pestle and fermentation mortar, this is very labour intensive. and washing. Fermentation is done by soaking in water until the mucilage breaks down. After fermentation the beans are to be washed quickly to avoid off flavor. To prevent cracking immediately the beans should be dried to 10% moisture content. Improper drying causes cracks in Cemented drying platform is required beans. for uniform drying. Air pollution is caused by hot air For air pollution control cyclones/ bag generation (by Diesel burning), filters can be provided. cleaning of beans, D.G. sets and boilers 75 Sustainable Coffee Cultivation in India: Challenges and Management Venkatesha, M.G, Department of Zoology, Bangalore University, viewed ta http://www.google.co.in/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=8&cad=rja&ved=0CFwQFjAH&url=http%3A%2F% 2Fwww.researchgate.net%2Fpublication%2F230792824_Sustainable_coffee_cultivation_in_India_Challenges_and_manage ment%2Ffile%2F60b7d51aed03476712.pdf&ei=Z8H9UszwCI71iQfzsoGYDw&usg=AFQjCNFLlY2QdZ9-- KqXM53vvrY99un94g&sig2=fbABZ8O-703pB3VhfNPJpg&bvm=bv.61190604,d.aGc, viewed on 14th February 2014. 161 For wet processing pulper and aqua Use of modern aqua pulper reduces washer are used which need water – water requirement to one third. about 15000 liters per ton of coffee bean. The waste water from the process State Pollution Control Boards which is acidic in nature and (SPCBs), apply general standard for unsuitable for irrigation should be discharge of wastewater to contain the treated with neutralization and pollution of perennial water sources in anaerobic and aerobic treatment. accordance with the Water This waste water when released (Prevention & Control of Pollution) untreated into water bodies it will Act (1974). increase Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD). The coffee processing industries are required to obtain permission from SPCBs for wet processing of coffee by giving an undertaking that the effluents will be treated to the standards prescribed, or stored within their premises. An Effluent Treatment Plant should be planned with help of PCB. Small growers of less than 25 ha. Can store waste water in polythene lined lagoons for solar evaporation. As waste water is high in organic content it can also be used for generating biogas through a bio reactor. Installing a bio reactor is another alternative to ETP which not only reduces BoD and COD but releases biogas that can be used for electricity generation. The model Developed by Centre for Sustainable technologies, Indian Institute of Science (IISc). Open disposal of left over skin and Cherry husk can be used for fuel pulp will pollute the soil, gives briquetting. strong smell and attracts flies etc. Skin and pulp can be used as mulch or for breeding. compost. The treated water if it is used for irrigation should be diluted 5 times with water. The sludge could be mixed 162 with compost and used as organic manure. The small to medium growers can be provided provide primary treatment comprising equalization followed by neutralization for wet coffee processing wastewaters prior to its storage. Dry processing Does not require water, no pollution. Coffee cherries are dried on cement platforms and peeled of parchment using peeler machines. The coffee cherries are dried Solar driers – cabinet or excel solar immediately after harvest. This is dries can be used to avoid usually sun drying on a clean dry contamination with dust and rain. It floor or on mats. The bed depth will also lead to uniform drying and should be less than 40mm and the better quality. cherries should be raked frequently to prevent fermentation or discoloration. Contamination with dirt and dust is the problem. Sometimes unexpected rain leads to mold. Hulling and After drying the parchment around Waste can be composted and used as cleaning the coffee bean is removed by hand manure. or pestle and mortor and cleaned by winnowing. Open disposal of waste affects environment. Roasting Roasting is done using roasting Energy efficient roasters can be used. machines or roasting pans where sand is also used for uniform heat. Grinding Manual and motorised grinding Grinding mill to be placed in well mills are used. ventilated place because of dust. Lack of ventilation poses health risks. Marketing Interventions: Organic certification: Key industry level initiatives on environmental governance and sustainable production certification include - Euro-retailer Produce working group (EUREP) protocols for Good Agriculture Practice (also called Global GAP) used by Utz certification, Common code for Coffee Certification (4C), Rainforest Alliance, Fair Trade Labelling, etc. (Auld, 2010). Another related development is the emergence of multi-sectoral partnerships for sustainable coffee value chains where in state, market and civil society collaborate and support sustainable coffee production and marketing by small growers. Market players 163 like Starbucks, Kraft foods, ECOM are part of such partnerships. Similarly INGOs like Oxfam and Solidaridad are engaged with these initiatives as facilitators. This new way of working emerged as a response to affect and improve the production stage of the value chain. The main approach to this work includes promoting sustainable production through capacity development of producer groups and their co-operative capacity, stabilising producer environment and creation of market access. While this approach is gaining currency, they need to gain confidence of small producers in India. Nandi foundation has supported organic production and marketing with help of SRTT by facilitating Fair trade certification being provided by the Fair Trade Labelling Organisations based in Germany. The tribal farmers of Araku valley are registered as the small and marginal tribal farmers‟ 'Mutually Aided Cooperative Society‟ (MACS). Sources of Technical Support: Coffee Board, Government of India Ministry of Commerce and Industry Dr Ambedkar Road, Vasanth Nagar, Bangalore, Karnataka 560001 Phone: +91-80- 22266991 - 994; Fax:+91-80-22255557 Regional Coffee Research Station (RCRS), R.V. Nagar, Visakhapatnam. Central Coffee Research Institute, Coffee Research Station, Coffee Board, P.B. No.43, Prabhu Street, Chickmagalur Pin - 577 117. 164 6. Dairy Overview of Dairy Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): Andhra Pradesh stands number one in the country in sheep population, meat production (556000 MTs), poultry population and per capita availability of eggs, according to 2007 livestock census. The state also stands second in buffalo population, third in total livestock population and fourth in milk production (89, 25,000 MTs) in the country. It is considered that sustained growth in the livestock sector has a significant beneficial impact in generating employment and reducing rural poverty. Trends in livestock population: According to livestock census-2007 the total livestock population of Andhra Pradesh is 601.75 lakhs, excluding poultry. Among these 244.94 lakhs are cattle and buffaloes (total bovines), 255.39 are sheep and 96.26 lakhs are goats. Significant growth in the cattle, buffalo, sheep and goat population is registered between the years 2003 and 2007. During this period, cattle population increased by 19.09% and buffalo population increased by 23.25%. The decline in the number of male buffaloes and a rise in the number of male cattle and cows indicate that the farmers are raising cattle for both milk and draught purpose where as buffaloes are maintained for milk production in the state76. Interventions in Dairy Sector under APRIGP: APRIGP targets milk producers of 20 mandals of 4 districts to improve milk yield through best livestock management practices. The interventions will include induction of high yielding animals, capacity building, fodder requirements etc. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Dairy value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Resource management and Productivity Enhancement Breed selection Selection of breeds that cannot Selection of breeds suitable to local adapt to the local climatic climatic conditions and up gradation conditions will lead to loss of cattle with the improved breeds suitable or or results in low productivity and acclimatized to local climate should be health issues. done under technical guidance. The suggestions on local suitability of cattle, sheep and goat is given in Annexe 2 of this Annexure 5. Open grazing Even though open grazing is a It is ideal to combine stall feeding traditional practice and with grazing for a limited time. The recommended for better health grazing should be done in rotational conditions of the animals, over manner. grazing will lead to loss of pasture lands due to reduced regeneration Grazing lands can be improved by capacity as a result of continuous reseeding and manuring collectively grazing. The local biodiversity is by cooperatives and a system of also affected and soil becomes rotational grazing can be designed. susceptible to erosion as the green This can be done in convergence with 76 Livestock development in Andhra Pradesh, Status and Potential, Centre for Economic and Social Studies, viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/wp/RULNR-working-paper-16.pdf on 2nd July 2014. 165 cover is removed. programmes like NREGS. This will also increase the strain on the animal to walk longer distances in search of fodder affecting the productivity. Fodder Exclusive dependence of fodder Green fodder should comprise of cultivation varieties like APBN/CO4 will not proper cereal grass and legume mix to supply all vital nutrients to the provide complete nutrition. The fodder cattle, besides it depletes soil plots should also accommodate nutrients and water resources as the legume crops like lucerne, berseem, water requirement for such crops is cow pea, stylo and fodder trees like high. sesbania. This provides proper ration to the animals as well as maintains soil fertility. Azolla cultivation can also supplement the protein requirement. Use of chemical should be avoided/ Minimized. Chemical Over use of chemical fertilizers or fertilisation use of pesticides will lead to biomagnifications and affect the quality of milk. Tackling the Fodder scarcity in dry seasons or Individual /Community fodder banks fodder scarcity drought periods will create stress on are to be maintained by the groups by available vegetation like trees and procuring crop residues and storage, insufficient fodder affects animal and maintaining supplementary feed health. units. Stall feeding Stall feeding of harvested green Green fodder cut into small bits using with green fodder as it is will lead to wastage chaff cutter or suitable tools will fodder of fodder and feeding efficiency of improve the feeding efficiency of the animal is decreased. animal digestibility and reduce the wastage. Shed spacing, Congested and unclean sheds The sheds should be clean and should sanitation and (without proper facilities for provide sufficient ventilation, enough waste draining the urine etc, lack space for the animal to move freely management ventilation etc.) will lead to (recommended space is 4 sq mt per outbreak and spread of diseases. animals). There should be arrangements like slop and a pit for collection of urine which can be put to alternate uses like panchakavya preparation or can be added to manure pits). In general sheds are constructed outside the village required ventilation 166 Open disposal of the shed cleanings The daily sweepings of the shed – fodder wastage, manure, urine should be composted in a pit. etc. will create unhygienic However pit methods can be avoided environment in the surroundings. in areas with high water table but the heap should be properly covered with palm leaves or gunny sacks to avoid leaching. The households having 2 cattle can plan for biogas plants. Composting the slurry provides enriched compost or vermicompost. Interventions Injecting hormonal substances like Practice of injecting harmones should for improving oxytocin under misconception that be strictly avoided. milk yield it increases milk yield will have negative impact on animal health and will make the animal go dry early. Milking Unhygenic milking practices – Beneficiaries should be trained on milking without washing hands, not hygienic milking practices. addressing any injuries or disease of the animal will contaminate the milk Open disposal The dead bodies of calves, or small The carcasses should be properly of carcasses ruminants that are dead due to buried or burned, after bio security epidemics will further spread the measures infection. Environment Issues and Measures in Bulk Milk Cooling Units Cleaning and The chemical and acids used in Waste water after cleaning should not maintenance of cleaning the unit pollute the soil be released into the gutters leading to equipment and water when discharged without agriculture fields, or to the open area being treated nearby. Drying ponds (with cement lining) can be constructed where water can be evaporated and residue can be collected and disposed of safely. Sources of Technical Support: Respective Animal Husbandry Departments and Livestock research Stations in the districts Directorate of Animal Husbandry Shanthi Nagar, Masab Tank Hyderabad – 45 Ph no – 040 – 23391335, 23316855 Fax – 040 – 23312431, E mail – ahitc@hotmail.com Regional Station for Forage Production and Demonstration Pahadi Sharif, Hyderabad – 500 005. 167 7. Poultry Overview of Poultry Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): As per 18th Quinquennial Livestock Census-2007 Andhra Pradesh stands first in poultry (1239.85 lakhs). The state has famous Aseel breed of poultry which is principle source for development of broiler breeds in the world. The poultry population increased by 23.27% between 2003 to 2007.The Egg Production in the State under report is 183447.156 Lakh Nos. This constitutes 32.97% of the total egg production in the country (556378 Lakh Nos) i.e. every third egg produced in the country comes from Andhra Pradesh. Thus the State can be called "egg basket" of the country. The state is maintaining its first position in Egg production in the country. Eggs from Desi fowls / Backyard poultry constitute 6.43% (11794.009 Lakh Nos) and Improved / Commercial Layers 93.57% (171653.147 Lakh Nos) among total Eggs production. Out of the total egg laying poultry, Desi birds contribute to 23% and commercial poultry to 77%. Out of estimated number of layers 76.21% were improved birds and 23.79 % were Desi birds. The region wise contribution of egg production is (51.16%) in Coastal Andhra region, (8.22%) in Rayalaseema region and (40.62 %) in Telangana region. The predominant Egg producing Districts in the State are East Godavari, West Godavari, Chittoor, Krishna, Guntur and Visakhapatnam Districts77. Interventions in Poultry Sector under APRIGP: APRIGP is planning to reach poultry producers to produce quality chicken meat and eggs through best poultry management practices. The key interventions include introduction of dual purpose birds, improving access to better veterinary services, access to low cost inputs, convergence with suppliers and marketing tie ups. Area of operation include 78 mandals in 11 districts. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Poultry value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Resource management and Productivity Enhancement Location of the Location of the units near It is advisable to locate the units away Units residential areas lead to noise (100 mts) from the residential areas pollution and offensive smell. and highways. Location of Units near highways causes stress and disturbance to the birds. Housing the Over crowding the birds in less Follow the recommended spacing as birds space will have an impact on health indicated below: of the birds – leads to quick spread of diseases and less productivity. 77 Integrated Sample Survey Report, Andhra Pradesh 2008-09, 2009-10, viewed at http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/ISSSR0910.pdf on 12th February 2014. 168 Age Layers Broilers (weeks) (cm2) (cm2) 0-8 700 700 9-12 950 950 13-20 1900 2350 21 and 2300- 2800- above 2800 3700 Shed cleaning Open disposal of manure leads to Manure should be stored in a pit or and disposal of contamination of surrounding s and heap lined with bricks to avoid runoff waste affects the manorial quality during rainy seasons. Disposal of Open disposal of dead birds leads Dead bird should be disposed by dead birds to spread of diseases and attract burning/burying method. And it dogs etc. should be done at least 100 m away from the land. 169 8. Small Ruminants Overview of Small Ruminants Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): The sheep and goat population of Andhra Pradesh is 255.39 and 96.26 lakhs respectively. During the period from 2003 to 2007, 18th Quinquennial Livestock Census the Sheep and Goat population increased by 21.53% and 49.77% respectively. The prevalence of breeds in the state is as follows - sheep 26.72 % were SPS Nellore Breed, 17.69% were of Bellary Breed and 55.59% were of Deccani Breed. The Meat Production in the State under report is 603577.417 thousand Kgs. This constitutes 15.80% of the total meat production in the country (3822 thousand MTs). The state stands first position in Meat production in the country. The predominant meat producing Districts in the State are Krishna, Chittoor and Ananthapur districts78. Interventions in Small Ruminant Sector under APRIGP: APRIGP targets goat and sheep producers to produce quality meat by adopting better management practices. The objective is to improve income to 20,000 per producer per annum. The key interventions proposed include induction of small ruminants, increasing productivity of animals by adopting better management practices and access to veterinary services and establishing marketing channels. The project will cover producers in 12 districts. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Small Ruminant value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for Resource management and Productivity Enhancement Breed selection Selection of breeds that cannot Selection of breeds suitable to local adapt to the local climatic climatic conditions and up gradation conditions will lead to loss of with the improved breeds suitable or animals or results in low acclimatized to local climate should be productivity and health issues. done under technical guidance. The suggestions on local suitability of, sheep and goat is give in Annexe 2 of this Annexure 5. Grazing Continuous over grazing will lead Growing fodder trees, regulated to degradation of grazing lands. In grazing and stall feeding (partly or case of sheep as they graze close to completely) will reduce pressure on the ground surface vegetation is grazing lands. removed exposing the soil for erosion. Cutting large Regeneration of the trees will be Only small twigs should be extracted, branches from affected if lopping is done fodder trees can be grown in house trees. extensively. premises as well. Shed spacing Congested, less ventilated sheds The sheds must have sufficient space will lead to quick spread of diseases and well ventilated and offer 78 Integrated Sample Survey Report, Andhra Pradesh 2008-09, 2009-10, viewed at http://ahfd.ap.nic.in/ISSSR0910.pdf on 12th February 2014. 170 and affects animal health due to protection from heat, rain etc. less scope for movement. Stall feeding Stall feeding with green fodder Fodder should be properly chopped without chopping may lead to before feeding. wastage. Shed cleaning Open disposal of shed cleanings Wastes should be composted as pit, or and waste and feed waste create unhygienic heap covered with leaves and lined management conditions and leads to loss of with bricks to avoid leaching or manorial value evaporation losses. 171 9. Fisheries Overview of Fisheries Scenario in Andhra Pradesh (erstwhile): The length of coastline in Andhra Pradesh is 974 kms with 353 fish landing centres and 555 fishing villages. Fisher folk population in the state is 6,05,428 and number of fishermen families 1,63,427. Inland fisheries cover 8.11 lakh ha of water bodies, and 11,514 kms of rivers and canals and 2.34 lakh ha of reservoirs. Fish production in Andhra Pradesh is 1808.08 tons (1393.73 inland and 414.35 marine)79. The growth rate is 13.16% in inland fisheries and -18.86 in marine fisheries80. The state contributes approximately 35% to the Indian fish export. In fresh water fisheries Present estimates show that AP produces on an average 3 tons per ha fish while the potential is 5 tons per ha81. Interventions in Fisheries Sector under APRIGP: Dry fish: APRIGP will target 20,000 fry fish producers and to market 1,60,000 tons of quality dry fish processed under hygienic conditions. The key interventions will include input arrangement and marketing, quality enhancement, value addition, certification and improving market access. The intervention will be implemented in 67 mandals of 9 coastal districts – Srikakulam, Vizianagaram, Visakhapatnam, East Godavari, West Godavari, Krishna, Guntur, Prakasam and Nellore. Wet fish: APRIGP will target 30,000 producers to market 2,40,000 tons of processed and cleaned wet fish. The key interventions include hygienic processing and value addition, packaging, certification and marketing. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the Dry fish value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for hygiene management Cleaning before Open disposal of fish wastes after Fish waste can be dried and used in drying cleaning in the water bodies and on poultry feed. Safe method of disposal land causes unhygienic conditions is burying away from water bodies. due to decomposition. Fish waste can also be used to prepare fish meal and pest repellents for agricultural purpose. Application of Application of salt with bare hands Protect hands by using gloves or salt will may cause harm to skin in long polythene bags. run. Storage of Cut and cleaned fish gets spoiled After removing the viscera and gut cleaned fish quickly if not stored properly and contents the fish should be salted for 79 2012-13 (provisional). 80 Fisheries Profile of the State: Andhra Pradesh, viewed at http://www.dahd.nic.in/dahd/WriteReadData/Fisheries%20States%20Profile/Andhra%20Pradesh.pdf, on 16th April 2014. 81 Approach to the 12th Five year Plan Andhra Pradesh, January 2013 viewed at http://www.cess.ac.in/cesshome/pdf/Draft_Approach_to_12th_Plan_for_discussion.pdf on 28th January 2014. 172 leads to health issues when storage. consumed. The fish should be washed with chlorinated water. Incisions are made for large fish and vertical cut is made for small fish where salt is applied in 1:4 ratio (salt to fish ratio) to fish before stacking. Drying The fish may get contaminated with Drying should be done on cement dirt when openly dried on ground. platforms or by spreading used gunny bags etc. Hanging on bamboo poles and ropes is another way of easy drying. Solar dryers and biomass dryers ensure clean drying. Health impacts on consumers due Fish should be dried up to the required to improper drying and storage of moisture level and should be stored in fish. air tight conditions. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in the wet fish value chain: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Interventions for hygiene management Permissions Processing operations without Required standards should be required permissions and standards followed as per the requirements of is illegal. Food Products Order and no objection certificate from State Pollution Control Board. Cleaning Cleaning with Seawater from near Immediately after unloading the catch shore is likely to be contaminated should be washed well in order to free with bacteria and other pollutants it from dirt and other extraneous like industrial effluents and even matters. fecal matters. This will spoil the fish quickly. Cleaning with sea water taken from deep sea will sufficiently clean and will have only low bacterial load and therefore will be quite good for washing fish Cleaning fish with chlorinated water (10 ppm) avoids quick spoilage of fish. Storage (before Fish gets quickly spoiled due to When processing takes time chill the processing) moisture and bacteria if not fish immediately after washing at preserved properly until time of lowest temperature possible to avoid processing. spoilage. In case of storage in ice the container 173 should be easy to clean and should have facility to drain melted water. Processing Unhygienic processing leading to Adopting hygienic handling practices (cleaning gut presence of insects, flies, sand etc such as contents) and other extraneous materials will ▪ Using gloves have impact on health in long run ▪ Washing the gloves after every use. Avoid processing near water bodies. Storage of Cut and cleaned fish gets spoiled After removing the viscera and gut cleaned fish quickly if not stored properly and contents the fish should be washed leads to health issues when and stored under chilled conditions, consumed. salt can be added. Disposal of Waste from the processed fish like Fish waste can be dried and used in wastes gut, viscera etc. will contaminate poultry feed. Safe method of disposal the water bodies when disposed is burying away from water bodies. near water bodies and will create unhygienic environment due to Fish waste can also be used to prepare decomposition when disposed fish meal and pest repellents for openly. agricultural purpose or composted. Preparation of food products Fish pickle Using non permitted colours, Use only permitted flavors and flavours is illegal and harmful to additives in pickling. Details provided consumers health as Annexe 3. When not stored in ideal Fish pickle should be stored in temperature and moisture prescribed containers under conditions the product will be recommended temperature and spoiled leading to fungal and mold moisture conditions. infestation and illness when consumed. Fish cutlets and Ready to consume products when Hygienic practices should be other eatables prepared, stored and served in un followed: hygienic conditions leads to health • Use of gloves, hair cap, nose problems. mask while mixing ingredients • Storage is clean containers in dry place • Serving or packing in clean utensils, material Energy use for High energy consumption demands Plan for fuel efficient cook stoves or cooking more fuel wood or non renewable renewable resources like biogas. resources 174 Environmental Issues and Best practices in capture and culture fisheries: Component Possible Issue Intervention, Best practice Capture fisheries – interventions for better resource management Use of small Use of small mesh size nets collects Use nets with mesh size more than 1 size nets than eggs and fingerlings of marine life inch in inland fisheries and more than permitted. and causes loss to bio diversity half inch in marine fishing Release small fingerlings back into the water. Fishing methods Harmful fishing practices Sustainable methods of fishing in (dynamiting, electrocuting, prescribed seasons with prescribed poisoning) harm all aquatic species size fish net should be followed. Fishing season Fishing in breeding season of fish Fishing should not be done in closed results in capture of breeding season. population and affects future • 14th April to 31st May for populations of fish marine fisheries • 1st July to 31st August for inland fisheries Disposal of nets Improper disposal of fishing nets Reuse the nets for alternate purposes made up of nylon results in habitat like fencing kitchen garden, etc. destruction when disposed in water or shore. Disposal of Extra catch such as snails, crabs Extra unwanted catch should be extra catch etc. are usually disposed on the disposed back into the water. shore leading to loss of aquatic diversity Culture fisheries – interventions for better resource management Preparation of Culturing fish without soil and Soil and water testing should be done the tank water testing decreases productivity prior to stocking the fingerlings and and may lead to increased in puts, corrective measures to be taken. or decline in water quality thus harming environment. Fertilizer Excess fertilizer application for Follow the recommended dosage for application high productivity will lead to algal fertilizer application blooms and loss of fish due to o 1 ton of Farm Yard Manure depleted oxygen. per year per Ha o 200 kgs of urea and 200 kgs of Super Phosphate per year per Ha o 1500 kgs of oil cake per year per ha Organic and synthetic chemicals 175 should be applied alternatively once in 15 days. Stocking Effective space utilization will not Recommended stocking density density be there if recommended stocking should be followed: density is not followed. • 3000 – 5000 per ha for grass carps and silver carps • 4000-5000 per ha for Catla, Rogu and Mrigal Mono culture Monoculture will not ensure Poly culture of the 2-3 species in effective space utilization and recommended ratios will ensure productivity per unit area optimum space utilization and production. The recommended ratios is: Species Density Catla+ Rohu+ 2:4:4 Mrigal Silver carp+ Grass 1:1 carp Catla+Rohu+Grass 4:3: carp+ Mrigal 1.5: 1.5 Silver 3: 1.5: carp+Grasscarp+C 2.5: 3 ommoncarp+Rohu 176 Annexe 1: Popular and high yielding varieties grown in Andhra Pradesh82 S. Zone Districts Varieties of Paddy grown No. 1 Southern Nellore, Chittoor, southern parts of NLR+33892, NLR-145, BPT-5204, Zone (SZ) Prakasam and Cuddapah and eastern JGL-384, JGL-1798, Tikkana, MTU- parts of Anantapur districts. 1010, MTU-1001, NLR-34449 2 Krishna Zone West Godavari, Krishna, Guntur and MTU-2077, MTU-1001, MTU-1061, (KZ) Part of East Godavari (excluding MTU-1064, BPT-5204, Bapatla uplands), Khammam, Nalgonda and Sannalu (BPT 1768), MTU-1010, JGL- Prakasam. 384, JGL-1798 3 Godavari West Godavari, Guntur and Part of East Swarna, MTU-1001, MTU-1010, MTU- Zone (GZ) Godavari (excluding uplands), 1061, MTU-1064, PLA-1100, BPT- Khammam, Nalgonda and Prakasam. 5204, IR-64, JGL-1798 4 North Srikakulam, Vizyanagaram, Srikakulam, Sannual, Swarna, Coastal Zone Visakhapatnam districts and upland Vasundara, Sonamahsuri, MTU-1001, (NCZ) taluks of East Godavari District. MTU-1010, IR-64. 5 Scarce Kurnool, Anantpur (except south- BPT-5204, Sonamahsuri, Kavya, JGL- Rainfall eastern part), western part of Prakasam, 384, JGL-1798 Zone (SRZ) and north-western parts of Cuddapah. 6 High Srikakulam, Vizyanagaram, Srikakulam sannalu, Swarna, Pushkala, Altitude Visakhapatnam, East Godavari and Vasundara, MTU- Tribal Zone Khammam. 1001, MTU-1010 (HATZ) Pest and Disease resistant Varieties 83 S. no. Varieties Salient features 1 Sravani Resistant to blast, Helminthosporium, tolerant to (NLR-33359) Bacterial Leaf Blight, susceptible to Rice Tungro Virus 82 Government of Andhra Pradesh; Department of Agriculture; http://agri.ap.nic.in/agroclimatezon.htm 83 DACNET http://drd.dacnet.nic.in/Rice%20Varieties%20-%2010.htm 177 (IET-14876) 2 Somasila Resistant to blast and Helminthosporium, tolerant to (NLR-33358) BLB, susceptible to Rice Tungro Virus. (IET-13932) 3 Swathi Resistant to blast, tolerant to Helminthosporium and (NLR-33057) Bacterial Leaf Blight, susceptible to Rice Tungro Virus, (IET-11582) Stem Borer, Leaf Folder, Rice Hopper, rice thrips & Brown Plant Hopper 4 Vedagiri Tolerant to Stem Borer & Rice Tungro Virus; resistant to (NLR-33641) blast; susceptible to Brown Plant Hopper & Leaf Roller. (IET-14328) 5 Maruteru Sannalu Susceptible to blast and Stem Borer. (MTU-1006) (IET-14348) 6 Cottondora Sannalu Resistant to blast & tolerant to Brown Plant Hopper. (MTU-1010) (IET-15644) 7 Bharani Resistant to Helminthosporium & Rice Tungro Virus, (NLR-30491) tolerant toStem Borer, susceptible to blast, Leaf Folder, (IET-12630) Rice Hopper and Brown Plant Hopper. 8 Deepti Tolerant to Brown Plant Hopper. (MTU-4870) (IET-8100) 9 Srikakulam Sannalu Resistant to blast & Stem Borer. (RGL-2537) (IET-16023) 10 Vasundhara Tolerant to Rice Tungro Virus & blast, resistant to plant (RGL-2538) hopper and GM (IET-16085) 11 Early Samba Tolerant to Stem Borer. (RNRM-7) (IET-15845) 12 Surya Tolerant to Brown Plant Hopper. (BPT-4358) BLB=Bacterial Leaf Blight, RTV=Rice Tungro Virus, SB=Stem Borer, LF=Leaf Folder, RH=Rice Hopper, BPH=Brown Plant Hopper, LR=Leaf Roller. 178 Annexe 2: Suitability of Livestock breeds to different geographic regions of Andhra Pradesh and location of main farms, and AI Stations. The nativity and suitability of different indigenous Buffalo breeds to different regions of the state and farms is given below 84: Name of the Breed Core Home Breeding Main farms Tract Policy D – Draught M- Milk purpose Ongole (D+M) Prakasam, Pure Mahanandi (Kurnool), Guntur, breeding and Lam (Guntur), Nellore, Kurnool selection Chadalavada (Prakasam district), Ramatheertham (Nellore district), Kakinada (East Godavari), Mahanandi (Kurnool), Vishakhapatnam, Ongole Cattle Breeding Farm, Ongole Cattle Breeding Project, Guntur. Malvi (D) Warangal, Pure Malvi is mainly found in MP / breeding and Chattisgarh, but are also found in Khammam selection the border districts of AP Halikar (D) Chittoor, Pure Hallikar is mainly found in Anantapur breeding and selection Karnataka but are also found in the border districts of AP 84 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 179 Punganur (D) Chittoor Conservation Palamner (Chittoor) Local (D) All districts Cross ----- breeding and selection The nativity and suitability of different indigenous Buffalo breeds to different regions of the state and farms is given below85: Name of the Origin Core Home Breeding Main farms Breed Tract Policy D – Draught M- Milk purpose Godavari - Haryana East and West Grading with Venkataramannagudem, Murrah (M) Godavari, Murrah (W. Krishna, breed Godavari) Guntur Murrah grades All coastal Grading with Murrah PT Farm at districts Murrah breed Banvasi (M) (Kurnool), Karimnagar Local (D+M) All districts Grading with ---- Murrah breed The nativity and suitability of different indigenous Sheep breeds to different regions of the state and main farms is given below86: 85 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 86 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 180 Name of the Breed Core Home Tract Main farms W– Wool purpose M- Meat purpose Nellore (M) types Nellore Brown Nellore, Cintaldevi (Nellore) Kadapa, Prakasam, Garividi (Nellore) Anantapuram Jodupi Kadapa Chintaldevi (Nellore), Palamner (Chittoor) Palla Nellore (Atmakur Mandal) Palamner (Chittoor) Local (M) Most districts The nativity and suitability of different indigenous Goats breeds to different regions of the state and main farms is given below87: Name of the Breed Core Home Tract Main farms W– Wool purpose M- Meat purpose Bellary Karnataka border areas in ----- Kurnool & Kadapa Local (M+D) All districts ------ 87 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 181 Five different breed types as sire breeds to be used in AI and organised natural service in the five regions88. Region Recommendations Cattle Coastal Andhra (North) • Jersey bulls mated to non-descript cows • Jersey crossbred bulls (50% exotic) mated to Jersey crossbred cows Coastal Andhra (Delta, • HF bulls mated to non-descript and Ongole type cows in South) Delta area • HF crossbred bulls (50% exotic) mated to HF crossbred cows • Jersey bulls mated to indigenous cows in upland areas • Jersey crossbred bulls mated to Jersey crossbred cows • Ongole bulls mated to Ongole type cows in Ongole tract Rayalseema • Jersey bulls mated to indigenous cows • Jersey crossbred bulls (50%) mated to Jersey crossbred cows • Ongole bulls mated to Ongole type cows in parts of Kurnool and Cuddapah districts Tribal Areas • Jersey crossbred bulls (50% exotic) for natural service • Deoni bulls for pure breeding in selected areas Areas with better • Jersey crossbred bulls (75% exotic) mated to Jersey management levels crossbred cows (50%) • HF crossbred bulls (75% exotic) mated to HF crossbred cows (50%) Buffaloes Statewide • Purebred Murrah bulls mated continuously to non-descript and graded she-buffaloes (upgrading) • Graded Murrah bulls mated to non-descript and graded she- buffaloes in dry and drought prone areas with limited fodder resources 88 Landscaping of initiatives in the area of animal health, breeding services and indigenous breed development for cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep and poultry in Andhra Pradesh. A Project of CALPI, New Delhi. Viewed at http://www.intercooperation.org.in/km/pdf/Documentation/Service/1st%20Study%20on%20vet%20services%20(Sastry).pdf on 6th February 2014. 182 Breeds of cattle maintained at Semen Stations in India:89 District Indigenous breed Exotic breed Cross bred Buffalo Vishakapatnam Ongole JR JRx Murrah Nandyala Ongole JRx Murrah Banavasi, HF JR Jrx Murrah 89 Conservation of Indigenous breeds of cattle and buffalo, viewed at http://www.dahd.nic.in/dahd/WriteReadData/large%20ruminants%20guidelines/Conservation_indigenous_breeds_Cattle%20 and%20Buffalo.pdf, on 6th February 2014. 183 Annexe 3: Food colours that can be used in food preparation and processing units90: Natural colouring matters which may be used include: (a) Carotene & Carotenoids including (i) Beta-carotene (ii) Beta-apo 8'- carotenal (iii) Methylester of Beta-apo 8' carotenoic acid (iv) Ethylester of Beta-apo 8' carotenoic acid (v) Canthaxanthin (b) Chlorophyll (c) Riboflavin (Lactoflavin) (d) Caramel. (e) Annatto (f) Saffron (g) Curcumin or turmeric No Synthetic food colours or a mixture thereof except the following shall be used in food: Common name Chemical name Red Ponceau Azo Carmoisine Azo Erythrosine Xanthene 2. Yellow Tartrazine Pyrazolone Sunset Yellow Azo Blue Indigo Carmine Indigoid Brilliant Blue Triarylmethane Green Fast Green Triarylmethane 90 Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Notification, viewed at http://www.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/Food%20safety%20and%20standards%20(Food%20product%20standards%20and%20 Food%20Additives)%20regulation,%202011.pdf on 28th March 2014. 184 Annexure 6 Environment Guidelines for Rural Retail Chains – KRuSHE Enterprises and KRuSHE marts: Farm products: 1. Food products Food products: Ginger products, Masala products and Pickels, Vermicelli, Papads, Snacks and Bakery, Sweet and milk products etc. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in food product preparation include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Registration and Manufacturing and selling of License should be acquired as per licenses food products need license Food Safety and Standards Act depending on the scale of (FSSAI) 2006 if required. activity. Drying the raw Drying on unclean floor will Clean and dry cement floor or materials, products contaminate the produce by mats should be used for drying. inducing microbial growth. Solar dryers can be used depending on feasibility. Use of machinery Use of unclean machinery for Machinery (small mills and (for grinding ginger, grinding raw materials may grinders) used for grinding masala and contaminate food. ingredients should be cleaned and ingredients for dried regularly. pickle) Use of cook stoves Use of LPG or fuel wood will Fuel efficient cook stoves or bio (in bakery and lead to degradation of the gas should be considered. snacks, sweet and resource and increase the fuel milk products) costs Use of preservatives, Use of synthetic agents may Natural agents and permitted colour and flavour have adverse effects. agents should only be used. agents Details of permitted agents is provided in Annexe 1. Handling and Handling the food products Personnel involved in processing, packing with bare hands or un washed packing etc. should wash hands hands will contaminate the with soap before and after work products through microbial and use aprons, gloves, hair caps attack. for handling, packing etc. Use of eye goggles is 185 recommended while handling pungent items like spices. Packing and labeling Edible products beyond the The product labelling should shelf life may lead to illness include the expiry date and when consumed. should be marked with in the shelf life period. Storage Storage in improper conditions Raw materials and produce like moist, dusty floor, walls should be stored in clean and dry etc. will spoil the produce due conditions. to mold infestation. Facilities at Poor facilities will have impact The place should be well processing centre on worker‟s health ventilated, should have drinking water and sanitation facilities. Waste management Open disposal of waste from Any waste or waste water should food processing unit will give be disposed properly by bad odour and create composting or diverting to waste unhygienic environment due to water drains. decomposition. 2. Food processing and drying Products: Dry copra, mango jelly, dry fish: Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in food processing and drying include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Drying the raw Drying on unclean floor will Clean and dry cement floor or materials contaminate the produce by mats should be used for drying. inducing microbial growth. Solar dryers can be used depending on feasibility. Use of machinery Use of unwashed machinery for Machinery (pulper) should be (for pulper, etc. for pulping etc. has possibility to cleaned and dried regularly. mango jelly) induce microbial growth Use of Use of synthetic agents may Natural agents and permitted preservatives, have adverse effects. agents should only be used. Details colour and flavour are provided in Annexe 1. agents for preserving the pulp Drying the Drying on unclean floor will Clean and dry cement floor or products (mango contaminate the produce by mats should be used for drying. jelly, dry copra, inducing microbial growth. Solar dryers can be used dry fish) depending on feasibility. 186 Drying fish Fish should be cleaned properly Clean and dry cement floor or Before drying. mats should be used for drying. Drying on unclean floor will Solar dryers can be used contaminate the produce by depending on feasibility. inducing microbial growth. Handling and Handling the food products Personnel involved in processing, packing with bare hands or un washed packing etc. should use clean hands will contaminate the hands before and after work and products through microbial use aprons, gloves, hair caps for attack. handling, packing etc. Packing and Edible products beyond the The product labeling should labeling shelf life will lead to health include the expiry date and should issues when consumed. be marked with in the shelf life period. Storage Storage in conditions like moist, Raw materials and produce should dusty floor, walls etc. will spoil be stored in clean and dry the produce. conditions. Facilities at Poor facilities will have impact The place should be well processing centre on worker‟s health. ventilated, should have drinking water and sanitation facilities. Waste Open disposal of waste from Any waste or waste water should be management food processing unit will give disposed properly by composting bad odour and create or diverting to waste water drains. unhygienic environment due to decomposition. Fish waste is rich in organic Fish waste can be dried and used as matter and will contaminate pig meals or fertilizer or pest water resources when disposed repellents. in water or created un hygienic environment when disposed openly 187 3. Oil Extraction Products: Coconut oil, ground not oil and sesamum oil. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives in oil extraction include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Use of machine for Machinery handling should be Machinery should be cleaned and grinding clean and proper. maintained well. Care should be taken while handling machinery. Handling and Handling the raw material and Personnel involved in processing, packing oil with bare hands or un packing etc. should clean hands washed hands will contaminate before and after work and use the products through microbial aprons, gloves, hair caps for attack. handling, packing etc. Facilities at Poor facilities will have impact The place should be well processing centre on worker‟s health. ventilated, should have drinking water and sanitation facilities. Source of technical support for food product preparation, processing: • College of Food Science & Technology, G.B.C. Road, Bapatla 522 101, Guntur District, Andhra Pradesh, India. • College of Home Science, Saifabad, Hyderabad • National Institute of Food technology Entrepreneurship Management 3rd Floor, AMDA Building, 7/6, Sirifort Institutional Area, August Kranti Marg, New Delhi – 110 049 Phone: 011-264971 31/32/35 Fax: 011-26497134 Email: info@niftem.ac.in • Central Food Technological Research Institute (CFTRI) Head Technology Transfer & Business Development Mysore 570 020 Ph: +91-821-2514534 Fax: +91-821-2515453 E-mail: ttbd@cftri.res.in 188 • Rural Technology Park, National Institute of Rural Development (NIRD) Rajendranagar, Hyderabad – 500 030 Ph – 040 – 24002037, Tele fax – 040 – 24008564. E mail: rtpnird@gmail.com, rtpnird@hotmail.com • Divisional Office Khadi and Village Industries Commission Divisional Office, 13-28-8 Srihari Plaza, Dandu Bazar Maharanipeta Visakhapatnam, Pin: 530002 Ph.:0891-25659048 e-Mail:kvicvizag@gmail.com • Respective District Industries Centres • Respective Agriculture and horticulture departments, KVKs. 4. Forest based enterprises Products: Hill brooms, tamarind, honey, herbal products will be marketed under forest based enterprises. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for forest based enterprises include: Activity in the value Possible issues Interventions, Best practices chain or steps in the process Permissions for Forest Issues regarding use of forest Required permission should be based enterprises land, ownership rights, taken from Forest Department regulations from forest (differs from produce to departments. produce) for collection. Harvesting of NTFP NTFP are scarce resources Training on sustainable and unsustainable harvesting harvesting will check the loss of lead to loss of biodiversity. biodiversity. Method of Collection of Destructive methods of Collection period and season of Raw material. collection such as cutting the harvesting and tools used for branches, uprooting the collection should be as per plants, etc. damages the standards prescribed. Trainings resource. Unscientific on these will help the methods of collection may communities to follow affect the quality of product sustainable harvesting methods. there by leading to less revenue and thus over exploitation. Each forest product has some prescribed norms for collection. Processing of forest Improper drying (drying on Drying of produce should be produce, preparation of bare earth) and storage may done on cemented platform. herbal medicines. contaminate the produce. 189 Processing using machinery Care to be taken while for grinding, mixing, boiling processing using machinery to etc. may lead to injuries. avoid injuries and members to be trained on use of machinery. Energy use in boiling, drying Energy efficient devices should etc. will required fuel wood. be promoted. Sometimes due to lack of The members should be trained knowledge on mixing of in preparation and use (to offer different ingredient led to guidance to retailers or health issues. consumers). Date of processing and use and precautions of final products should be mentioned on the packets. Homeopathy doctor or Ayurvedic should be consulted for training and guidance at processing units Selling the Herbal Selling of herbal products Drug licenses should be products with without testing and obtained from each processing without license is an offence. unit and periodic testing should be done at National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABLABS). AYUSH department will provide license to such unit which is mandatory for selling such products. Sources of Technical Support: • AYUSH Department of Andhra Pradesh • Andhra Pradesh medicinal and Aromatic Plants Board • A.P. Medicinal & Aromatic Plants Board, 6th Floor, APGLI Building, Tilak Road, Abids, Hyderabad, 500001 Tel.: 040-66364094,40047795 E-Mail: apmaboard@gmail.com • Khadi and Village Industries Commission Gandhi Bhavan, M.J. Road Nampalli Hyderabad, Pin: 500001. State: Andhra Pradesh. 190 • Divisional Office Khadi and Village Industries Commission Divisional Office, 13-28-8 Srihari Plaza, Dandu Bazar Maharanipeta Visakhapatnam, Pin: 530002 Ph.:0891-25659048 e-Mail:kvicvizag@gmail.com • Respective District Industries Centres 191 Non Farm products The nonfarm based commodities that will be procured, processed and sold in KRuSHE marts will include. 1. Chemical and Mineral products The activities under these include - preparation of detergent, soap, shampoo, chalk pieces, rangoli, pain balm, phenyl, acid and liquid blue. Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for chemical and mineral products include: Activity in the value Possible issues Interventions, Best practices chain or steps in the process Registration and licenses Manufacturing and selling of Registration of unit under DIC chemical products without and chemical license and registration and license is testing for toxic material is illegal. required. Raw material Poor quality raw material lead Authentic source of raw to burning of hands, breathing material and suppliers and problems etc. during training on proportion of raw preparation and end use of the material to be mixed up can be product. given so that entrepreneurs will come to know the possible acid base reactions. Hand gloves, nose masks and goggles should be used while handling the raw materials or finished products. Preparation (handling raw Inhalation of dust and Hand gloves, nose masks and material in chalk piece, handling the chemical and goggles should be used. detergents etc.) mineral based raw material for long time may be detrimental for health. Detergent use Due to varied quantity of raw Before packaging it can be material, clothes generally ensured through proper testing lose their actual colour. and possible effects on fabrics. Storage of ingredients Improper storage of Air tight containers should be ingredients will pollute the air used for storage and storage and cause health risks to the should be as per the guidelines. workers. Energy consumption Preparation and packing Green energy sources can be 192 require lot of energy promoted. consumption so permanent source of energy is needed Packaging Use of un decomposable Bio degraded able ingredients packaging material further and re-useable packaging cause the soil pollution should be promoted Detergents Use of raw materials Non essential detergent Avoiding these ingredients will ingredients like perfumes, make the detergent more colours brighteners leave environment friendly toxic residues after use Surfactants Synthetic surfactants like Synthetic surfactants may be Alkyl benzene Sulfonates, replaced by non petrochemical diethanolamines etc. are slow surfactants or vegetable oil to degrade and residues are soaps. highly toxic and carcinogenic. Causes skin and eye irritations. Builder material The builder material in Builders like phosphates can be detergent „phosphate‟ when replaced by sodium citrate and released into water after sodium bicarbonate. detergent use leads to eutrophication of water bodies affecting water quality and aquatic biodiversity Optical brightners and Optical brightners like Optical brighteners and artificial fragrances Chlorine and sodium perfumes can be avoided are hypochlorite causes skin and their function is not very eye irritation and are important in cleaning. dangerous to aquatic life. Storage of raw materials The chemicals tend to react The chemicals should be stored when not stored in prescribed in proper conditions conditions. Mixing the raw materials The chemicals are harmful to Gloves and nose masks should in detergent making skin and causes irrigation on be used while mixing the contact with skin. chemicals to prepare detergent. Waste disposal Wastage during mixing and Utmost care should be taken to washing after work leaves avoid wastage or spillage while residues in the surrounding mixing, so that there is less accumulated in soil and water. waste to clean. Packing Package in small sachets Package in larger sachets to the needs more plastic extent possible. Labeling The product may be According to the labeling considered as safe and requirements laid down by BIS, precautions not taken if not each packet of detergent 193 labeled properly. powder should carry information on the name/grade of the material used, the source of manufacture, and a caution statement which reads: Detergent solutions can be skin irritants. Avoid prolonged contact. Rinse garments and hands thoroughly. The label should also carry information about the critical ingredients used in the formulations. Phenyle Storage of raw materials Improperly stored raw The raw materials should be materials leads to low quality stored properly according products or contaminate the prescribed standards. environment leading to health hazards. Mixing raw materials Handling with bare hands lead Gloves and masks should be to skin irrigations and used while mixing ingredients. inhalation on long term to respiratory issues. Waste disposal Wastage and disposal of Wastage should be avoided and wastes lead to residues in soil any waste should be cleaned and water. regularly. Preparation of ingredients In cases where ingredients are Care should be taken to avoid also prepared, accidents are any fore accidents. possible while mixing oils (castor oil, pine oil) and caustic soda and boiling. 2. Textiles, Artisans and Handicrafts Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for textiles, artisans and handicrafts include: Products: Textiles, handlooms, handicrafts, schools bags, foot wear, basket making, paper plates, paper covers. Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Work space Poor facilities will have impact The work space should be well on worker‟s health. ventilated, provided with drinking 194 water and toilet facilities. Use of machinery Use of machines and tools may Members should be aware of safety and tools lead to injuries at times. precautions during use of machines and tools. First aid kit should be kept handy. Energy use Use of electricity in stitching, Possibility of solar energy run paper cup and plate based machinery can be explored. manufacturing units is associated with carbon emission. Use of dyes Handling chemical dyes leads Natural dyes must be referred and (textiles, to skin and respiratory related gloves and masks to be used for handicrafts, problems. handling dyes. handlooms) Waste disposal Open disposal of waste like The waste should be sold for reuse cloth rags, leather etc. from or disposed properly. textiles, handicraft and foot wear units will create unpleasant sight. 3. Candle making and bangle making Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for candle making and bangle making include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Candle making: Wax over heated above 1500 Avoid overheating, and use gives dangerous fumes and efficient fuel. Fuel use, heating hence fuel source is important. Wax should not be allowed to spill into flame as it leads to fire hazard. This can be avoided by using water jacket (a vessel with water around the wax container while heating). Conventional stoves require Use fuel efficient, smoke less cook high quantities of fuel and cause stoves. air pollution. Handling hot wax may lead to Gloves should be used while accidental spill and cause boils. handling wax in candle making. Bangle making: Congested work spaces will The work space should be well Work space have an impact on health in ventilated. 195 long run due to inhalation of smoke and exposure to heat. Fuel use, heating Conventional stoves require Use fuel efficient, smoke less cook (traditional high quantities of fuel and cause stoves. method). air pollution to the workers. Motorised machine can be used for making bangles. 4. Agarbathi and Coir making Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for Agarbathi making and coir making include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Work space Congested work spaces will The work space should be well have an impact on health in ventilated and should have basic long run due to inhalation of facilities like drinking water, charcoal dust in agarbathi and toilets etc. coir dust in coir making units. Agarbathi rolling Inhalation of charcoal dust and Nose masks and hand gloves and coir extraction, handling gigat and charcoal should be used while rolling processing with bare hands will have agarbathis and processing coir. impact on health. Inhalation of coir dust leads to respiratory disorders 5. Salt making Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives for salt making include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Work space Salt making is hard job and Improve workplace amenities, continuous exposure to salt in such as access to potable drinking hot sun will affect workers water, mobile clinics, protective health. gear, sanitation, rest sheds. Health Eye problems, dermatological Regular occupational health camps problems headaches and to be organised for the slat giddiness is frequently workers. experienced by the salt workers. Loss of brine water During unexpected rains the salt Embankments to be constructed to 196 water let for evaporation could withstand floods be lost. 6. Mineral water Potential Environmental issues and Environment friendly alternatives mineral water include: Activity in the Possible issues Interventions, Best practices value chain or steps in the process Water source Ground water - The water The water should be tested and source contaminated with should be treated to remove chemical residues will effect residues, turbidity and pathogenic quality and there by consumer microbes. health. The removed residue, sludge should be safely disposed. Artificial recharge techniques can be followed in areas with high fluoride content. Surface water - In monsoon Regular check on water on all microbial water contamination parameters to ensure drinking is possible. quality. Workers hygiene The workers hygiene is The workers should be aware of important to avoid microbial the hygiene practices like – contamination. washing hands, using gloves, hair caps, not attending work when sick with contagious diseases etc. Cleaning of The water used for cleaning The waste water should be bottles, cans when disposed openly allowed disposed through soak pit or to stagnate will lead to proper drainage. mosquito breeding etc, pollution of nearby water bodies etc. Sources of Technical Support for Nonfarm enterprises: • Rural Technology Park, National Institute of Rural Development (NIRD) Rajendranagar, Hyderabad – 500 030 Ph – 040 – 24002037, Tele fax – 040 – 24008564. E mail: rtpnird@gmail.com, rtpnird@hotmail.com • Divisional Office Khadi and Village Industries Commission Divisional Office, 13-28-8 Srihari Plaza, Dandu Bazar Maharanipeta Visakhapatnam, Pin: 530002 197 Ph.:0891-25659048 e-Mail:kvicvizag@gmail.com • Khadi Village Industries Commission KGMV (Khadi Gramodyoga MahaVidyalay) Rajendranagar, Hyderabad • Respective District Industry Centres 198 Annexe 1: Food colours, preservatives, additives that can be used in food preparation and processing units91: Natural colouring matters which may be used include: (a) Carotene & Carotenoids including (i) Beta-carotene (ii) Beta-apo 8'- carotenal (iii) Methylester of Beta-apo 8' carotenoic acid (iv) Ethylester of Beta-apo 8' carotenoic acid (v) Canthaxanthin (b) Chlorophyll (c) Riboflavin (Lactoflavin) (d) Caramel. (e) Annatto (f) Saffron (g) Curcumin or turmeric No Synthetic food colours or a mixture thereof except the following shall be used in food: Common name Chemical name Red Ponceau Azo Carmoisine Azo Erythrosine Xanthene 2. Yellow Tartrazine Pyrazolone Sunset Yellow Azo Blue Indigo Carmine Indigoid Brilliant Blue Triarylmethane Green Fast Green Triarylmethane Class I Preservatives - permitted in foods: Common salt. Sugar. Dextrose. Glucose Syrup. Spices. Vinegar or acetic acid. Honey Edible vegetable oils 91 Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Food Safety and Standards Authority of India Notification, viewed at http://www.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/Food%20safety%20and%20standards%20(Food%20product%20standards%20and%20 Food%20Additives)%20regulation,%202011.pdf on 28th March 2014. 199 Class II Preservatives – Use of more than one is prohibited (useage should be in recommended doses): Benzoic acid including salts thereof Sulphurous acid including salts thereof Nitrates or Nitrites of Sodium or Potassium in respect of food like ham, pickled meat, Sorbic acid including its sodium, potassium and calcium salts, propionates of calcium or sodium, lactic acid, and acid calcium phosphate. Nisin Sodium and calcium propionate. Methyl or propyl Parahydroxy-Benzoate. Propionic acid, including esters or salt thereof, Sodium diacetate, and Sodium, potassium and calcium salts of lactic acid. The use of the following flavouring agents are prohibited in any article of food, namely: Coumarin and dihydrocoumarin; Tonkabean (Dipteryl adorat); asarone and cinamyl anthracilate". Estragole Ethyl Methyl Ketone Ethyl-3-Phenylglycidate Eugenyl methyl ether Methyl β napthyl Ketone P.Propylanisole Saffrole and Isosaffrole hujone and Isothujone α & β thujone. Solvent in flavour. Diethylene Glycol and Monoethyl ether shall not be used as solvent in flavours. For specific details on permitted flavors, colors and additives in food products and dosages please refer Food Safety and Standards Authority of India notification (available at - http://www.fssai.gov.in/Portals/0/Pdf/Food%20safety%20and%20standards%20(Food%20product%20st andards%20and%20Food%20Additives)%20regulation,%202011.pdf) 200 Annexure 7: Guidelines for Drinking water supply, Toilets Construction works: Guidelines for Drinking Water Supply: Location of water source: • Water source should not be closer than 15 m to the nearest leach pit or drain • It should not be closer than 300 m from nearest significantly used well • It should be situated more than 500 m from the sea coast (HTL) or edge of backwater • It should not be located in a notified groundwater stress areas identified by the State Government without obtaining requisite permission • It should not be located in an area having absence / inadequacy of drainage • It should not be closer than 100 m from the nearest sewage / industrial effluent disposal facility / land fill site • In case of surface water sources, it should be ensured that construction activity does not cause land erosion, subsidence, instability or alteration of natural drainage • It should not be located near or within any designated Natural habitat, wetland, sensitive ecosystems such as National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries without written permission from Forest Department • It should not be located in a waterlogged area • No displacement of local inhabitants is required for setting up the scheme Ensuring Water Quality: • Ensure the water quality testing of the source before planning of the water supply. Make sure that any water quality issues identified in the report are addressed suitably before any further work is undertaken. • Ensure periodic monitoring of water quality with help of nearest water testing labs and facilitate disinfection or water treatment when ever required. • Monitor regular cleaning of water tank by panchayat The responsibility of checking and integrating the above guidelines lies with CRP and action on the same lies with VHNSC with support of HD coordinator at mandal level. Apart from these generic guidelines site specific EMPs are to be prepared during establishing of drinking water supply with support of Sate Environment Expert and technical support agencies. 201 Guidelines for Individual Household latrines: • Safe distance of the toilet from drinking water sources to be followed. The location of the septic tank should be downhill from the water source depending on feasibility. The safe distance depends on local hydrological conditions, however 30 mts is treated as safe distance. • In areas with water scarcity water efficient toilets like ecosan toilets can be constructed • Appropriate location should be selected which will not discourage the use in consultation with the household. • Awareness on use and maintenance to be created to the households prior to construction • Water facility should be provided inside to the extent possible. • 2 pit system toilet with Pan with steep slope 250-280 and trap with 20 mm water seal as designed by Sulabh International will reduce the usage of water (required 1-1.5 lits for flushing). • Hand wash facility outside the toilet should be made integral part of design or facility of water and soap should be made available outside. • Proper ventilation to be ensured as lack of ventilation or electricity discourages the use • The debris should be disposed away from the site preferably though land filling. The responsibility of checking and integrating the above guidelines lies with CRP and action on the same lies with VHNSC with support of HD coordinator at mandal level. Apart from these generic guidelines site specific EMPs are to be prepared for construction of community toilets with support of Sate Environment Expert and technical support agencies. Guidelines for construction works: • Constructions should not happen in fertile agricultural lands or borrowing soil from fertile agricultural lands for construction should be avoided • Construction site should not be prone to water logging on inundation during monsoons • All the construction waste should be disposed into a pre identified land fill or used for construction of roads under NREGS etc. the condition of disposal should be built into the contracts • Ensure required ventilation and natural illumination to reduce the need for energy • Fire proof and leakage proof measures to be integrated into the building design The responsibility of checking and integrating the above guidelines lies with CRP and action on the same lies with VHNSC with support of HD coordinator at mandal level. Apart from these generic guidelines site specific EMPs are to be prepared during construction works with support of Sate Environment Expert and technical support agencies. 202 Annexure 8: Report on Stakeholder Consultations Consultations in Visakhapatnam Details of the consultation workshop: Date: 25th June 2014. Venue: TTDC (Mahila Pragathi Pranganam), Pendurthi Time: 11:00 Am to 2:00 PM The consultation workshop was chaired by Additional Project Director (APD), Indira Kranthi Patham (IKP) and Mr. Jayaram Killi, State Consultant, Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture. Ms. Vanitha Kommu, Environment Consultant World Bank took part as observer. The participants were welcomed by the District Project Manager and presentation on EMF was made by Mr. Jayaram Killi. The key aspects of presentation include: • Background, objective and components of APRIGP project • EMF in APRIGP project, Process of EMF development • Key aspects of EMF – Value chains, Human development interventions and ICT and partnerships • EMF implementation arrangements – tools, implementation mechanism, human resources required, capacity building and monitoring • Expected outcomes of EMF Followed by the presentation, the discussion was facilitated by Mr. Jayaram Killi and Ms. Vanitha Kommu. Concluding remarks were given by the APD. Key discussions: • Positive and Negative impacts of the technology should be carefully considered in production and processing of all value chain commodities. • Plantations can be promoted by community. Measures for deforestation need to be promoted under the project • Inclusion of millets in value chains will encourage millet farming and addresses nutritional needs. Vegetables can be included with eco friendly technologies to avoid wastage. • The intervention in the value chain „varietal replacement‟ should be reconsidered. Importance should be given to good yielding traditional varieties. 203 Paderu turmeric variety should be patented. Herbal product preparation activities can be promoted in agency area. • Hybrid seed should not be provided for kitchen gardens • Knowledge on sowing dates etc. to be disseminated among Producer Groups keeping the changing climate in view. • NTFP livelihood to be included in value chains – interventions like Gumkaraya plantations as social forestry. Activities like grading, deseeding tamarind etc. will add value to the product. Marketing issues need to be addressed - for marketing with GCC the members face constraints like - long distance travel with the produce, loss of time etc. • Piper longum is commonly grown medicinal plant by tribals in the region by about 8000-10000 families in 7-8 mandals out of 11 mandals. Interventions for productivity enhancement, processing, grading and processing should be thought of. • Livestock – conservation of local breeds should be considered. Jersey and HF breeds may not tolerate the climate in all geographical regions. If biogas intervention is promoted, maintenance of the plant is crucial and arrangements should be made for the same. • RWS role in the HD component – Quality check, trainings and handholding support for ensuring that environment guidelines are regularly followed in water and sanitation interventions. Tie up with RWS department is workable under the project, but awareness among the community is the key for success of the interventions and it would be advisable to do the interventions in some pilot villages initially to set an example. • Anganwadis will be provided with RO drinking water plants by RWS. RWS trainings are done at mandal level but has not reached VOs – project can join in this initiative for further dessimination. • ICDS – for Anganwadi worker‟s meetings on environment happen regularly which cover about environmental and personal hygiene. These can be attended by CRPs as well and ICDS can take part in MMS, VO meetings as required • IHHL – NREGS. Payment is only happening for septic tanks not for leach pits. Information should be give to AEs on guidelines. • IKP has motivated SHGs but many do not have space for toilet construction. Community toilets are proposed but maintenance is required. 204 List of participants: 205 206 Consultations in Kurnool Details of the consultation workshop: Date: 30th June 2014. Venue: Training and Technology Development centre (TTDC) - Mahila Pragathi Pranganam, Kurnool Time: 12:00 Am to 1:30 PM The consultation workshop was chaired by Project Director (PD), Additional Project Director (APD), Indira Kranthi Patham (IKP) and Mr. Jayaram Killi, State Consultant, Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture. Ms. Vanitha Kommu, Environment Consultant World Bank took part as observer. The participants were welcomed by the District Project Manager and presentation on EMF was made by Mr. Jayaram Killi. The key aspects of presentation include: • Background, objective and components of APRIGP project • EMF in APRIGP project, Process of EMF development • Key aspects of EMF – Value chains, Human development interventions and ICT and partnerships • EMF implementation arrangements – tools, implementation mechanism, human resources required, capacity building and monitoring • Expected outcomes of EMF Followed by the presentation, the discussion was facilitated by Mr. Jayaram Killi and Ms. Vanitha Kommu. Concluding remarks were given by the PD. Key discussions: • SC, ST lands to be brought under cultivation and tribal mandal with high population of „Chenchu‟ tribes should be not included under project: Kothapally, Atmakur, Allagadda. • Departmental schemes like – mini kits for vegetables, backyard poultry, azolla etc. can happen through convergence. • Under biogas intervention – instead of vermicomposting „Tejus‟ culture (fungal and bacterial culture) can be used which decomposes waste in 1-1.5 months. • Subsidy on Solar water pumping is not enough for small and marginal farmers to take up solar water pumps, part of subsidy could be be met through APRIGP. • For all drinking water bore wells water recharge structures should be made compulsory in the project, even though guidelines are there, they are not followed in general. • Water shortage is serious drawback for IHHL and hence models like Eco san toilets need to be promoted. Awareness programmes for acceptance are the key for the uptake. 207 List of participants: 208 209 Consultations in Hyderabad Details of consultations workshop: Date: 27th September 2014 Venue: SERP Conference hall Time: 10:30-00 AM to 2-00 PM The consultations workshop was chaired by Mr. A. Murali, IAS, Chief Executive Officer, SERP Telangana, joined briefly by Mr. Parmesh Shah, Task Team Leader, Word Bank. The discussions are facilitated by Mr. Varun Singh (Senior Social Development Specialist, World Bank) and Ms. Vanitha Kommu (consultant, environment). The consultation was managed by Mr. Jayaram Killi (Consultant CMSA – Anchoring EMF) and Mr. Satyanarayana, Project Manager, SERP. Initially Mr. Satyanarayana made a presentation on the proposed RIG project. Mr. K. Jayaram Killi state consultant of Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture made presentation on Environment Management Framework. The presentation involved: • Background of the project - objectives and components of RIGP. • Importance of EMF in implementation of RIGP. • Process of EMF development • Structure of EMF and Legal Regulatory frame work while implementing RIGP. • Key aspects of EMF in Human Development interventions Key Discussions: • In case of value chains as rain fed areas are selected, whichever crop prevalent in that area could also be selected for value chains • Nutrition rich food crops should be promoted with processing facilities and enterprises around the crops • Women friendly practices and equipment should be promoted in organic production. NPV can be used in addition to botanicals • Neem soap prepared by Indian Institute of Horticulture (IIHR), Bangalore should be used in pest control as part of NPM practices as this is proven to be efficient against sucking pests and can be stored for longer duration • In producer group clusters - agro ecosystems, soil and biotic environment, water availability etc. should be studied and suitable seed variety seeds should be selected. Climate Change impact on crops should be understood and appropriate measures integrated • Weather updates will be useful to decide on timing the farm operations • Mobile seed processing unit can be introduced for custom hiring centres and processing units the subsidy available from department can be used. • Energy efficient or renewable energy based equipment and machinery to be promoted in case of processing • Apart from selected crops support for processing other crops in tribal areas like jack fruit etc. should be planned 210 • In case of milch cattle, non local breeds should be introduced with required care, local breeds should be preferred to the extent possible List of Participants: 211 212 213 Annexure 9: Formats for Environmental Appraisal Format for Environmental Appraisal of Value Chains: Name of the Producer Group or Enterprise: Village, Mandal and District: Activity proposed: Details of Environmental Appraisal: 1. Screening done or not (Yes or No): 2. Any activity that falls under negative list, if yes required permissions are taken or planned to be taken, (or) the particular activity is dropped or changed: (give details) 3. Greening of Value chain happened or not (yes or no). 3.a. If yes give the details of environment guidelines integrated and support requested Environment Issue Environment Guidelines or Support requested. indentified mitigation measures integrated 214 Name and Signature of Appraiser: Date: 215 Format for Environmental Appraisal of HD plans: Name of the VO: Panchayat, Mandal and District: Activities proposed under HD plan: Details of Environmental Appraisal: 1. Screening done or not (Yes or No): 2. Any activity that falls under negative list, if yes required permissions are taken or planned to be taken, (or) the particular activity is dropped or changed: (give details) 3. Environment Guidelines are integrated into the HD plan or not (yes or no). 3.a. If yes give the details of environment guidelines integrated and support requested Activity Environment Issue Environment Guidelines Support requested. indentified or mitigation measures integrated 216 Name and Signature of Appraiser: Date: 217 Annexure 10: Terms of References for Technical Agencies, Experts I. Inputs for TOR for hiring Environment Expert at Project Management Unit (PMU) for AP Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) Introduction: Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP), Proposes Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) which aims at supporting the SERP‟s goal of making the State poverty free by 2017 strategy of including poor into benefits of economic growth and this is consistent with the India Country Strategy (CAS) FY 2009-2012 and aligned with the three CAS objectives of (a) achieving rapid, inclusive growth, (b) ensuring that development is sustainable, and (c) increasing the effectiveness of service delivery. The project is also consistent with approach for XII Five Year Plan for a „faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth‟ and growth target of 8.2 percent. The overall strategy is to look beyond growth and focus on generation of employment to the millions of the youth in the State. This would eventually result in a faster reduction in unemployment and poverty through skill development and also help bridging multiple divides.92 Finally, the project also supports the GoI‟s "Finance Plus" approach by investing in building community institutions that can foster higher order impacts, bringing various schemes together on to one synergistic platform (gender, nutrition, education and livelihoods), improving service delivery in a sustainable manner, innovations and pilot approaches, besides leveraging financing from public and private sources through convergence and partnerships. The objective of Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) is „to enable selected poor households to enhance incomes and secure increased access to human development services and social entitlements‟. This will be achieved by supporting Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) in consolidating the rural poverty reduction initiatives under previous IDA supported projects (Andhra Pradesh District Poverty Initiatives Project and Andhra Pradesh Rural Poverty Reduction Project) with an emphasis on inclusive growth and livelihoods sustainability. A very brief description of the project components is given below: Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through Producer Organizations: The objective of this component is to increase income of 2,50,000 small and marginal farmers by at least 50% through livelihood diversification, productivity enhancement and improved market access. This component will work with those small and marginal producers who have built up productive assets and have previously participated in productivity improvement, cropping technology and market access programs in select livelihoods/sectors. The project now proposes to work with these producers and help them move up the value chain and appropriate the growth opportunities. This will be achieved by organizing them into economic organizations (producer groups/organizations/companies); ensuring high service quality of support services like technology, credit, extension, marketing, etc.; and sustainable access to markets. Strengthening the market links, the project will facilitate value chain partnerships with leading market players and also support in creating local markets by connecting rural producers with shandis, rural haats, kirana shops, etc. Socio-Economic Survey 2011-2012; Department of Planning, Government of Andhra Pradesh, March 2012 92 218 Component 2 - Human Development: This component will invest in „lifecycle approach‟ through targeted mobilization of poor households for achieving MDGs in health and education leveraging the existing community institutional network. This would include special packages for tribal areas in the State. The focus of project interventions is to enable the demand side to hold the supply side accountable for service delivery in the Human Development (HD) sector, as well as to improve HD service delivery by strengthening the existing public systems to deliver quality services. Appropriate links will also be established between the HD and Value Chain components ensuring a multi-sectoral approach to addressing early childhood development outcomes. Specific interventions to operationalize this approach include: Sub-component 2.1: Strengthening the supply of key nutrition, health and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.2: Strengthening the demand for quality nutrition, health, sanitation and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.3: Establishing linkages with value chains. Component 3 - Access to entitlements: This component aims to improve the coverage and service delivery of social protection entitlements to 1 million of poorest households mainly belonging to the SC/STs and particularly those with PWDs, and ensures that they are protected from risks and vulnerabilities through an integrated mission mode approach, while addressing the last mile issues. Component 4: ICT & Partnerships: The objective of this component is to build an enabling ecosystem for innovation and transformation in delivering good quality services in the last mile. Recognizing that technology, innovation and entrepreneurship play critical role in addressing major development challenges the project seeks to bring together different stakeholders from the public private and civil society sectors and form partnerships with for customizing inclusive innovations in the project context. This engenders intensive use of ICT at levels of project governance and delivery, high performance project implementation and effective coordination mechanisms with supply/demand side partner institutions and social entrepreneurs and innovators by providing them technical assistance, strategic advisory and knowledge management services with national and international expertise. Component 5 - Project Implementation Support: The objective of this component is to strengthen the project implementation and will finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. It will also support establishing Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) systems, Financial Management systems, Procurement Management, Governance and Accountability Systems, Knowledge Management and Communication, etc. For more details on the project refer to the Project Implementation Plan (PIP). 219 Background Analysis: The Environment Management Framework (EMF) for the APRIGP is an integral part of the implementation arrangements related to activities concerned with environmental implication. An Environment study was undertaken and an Environment Management Framework has been developed for the APRIGP to ensure that interventions of projects are environmentally sustainable and compliance with applicable laws and regulations of the Government of India, the Government of Andhra Pradesh and triggered safeguard policies of the World Bank. The EMF is applicable to all components of the project in general and particularly to „Value chain enhancement through producer organizations‟ and „Human development components „as the activities proposed under these two components are likely to have a bearing on the surrounding environment. The EMF implementation will be through the process of integration of environmental guidelines into the plans developed by the community under each component, Environment Appraisal of the plans developed for verifying the integration of environment guidelines and ensuring the implementation of specified guidelines and measures. An EMF manual and Environment Appraisal (EA) tools will be developed to screen the activities for any adverse impact on environment and to check the compliance with WB safeguard policies and legal and regulatory frame work of GOI and GOAP. Environmental Guidelines Suggests alternatives for mitigating potential risks and suggest negative list for both the component 1 and 2. Monitoring (through green audits) for the compliance is very critical for smooth implementation of EMF and to enhance the income levels of the beneficiaries by exploring business opportunities for fair trade, clean development mechanism etc. Scope of Job: The Environment Expert will be positioned at State level and is expected to handle the overall implementation of all components of EMF across the state – this would include facilitation of staff at PMU and at district and cluster levels, technical agencies hired for specific purposes, ensuring smooth flow of capacity building programmes at state, district, cluster and village levels, and monitoring. Objective: • To provide required facilitation for implementation of EMF Key Tasks and Responsibilities: • Integrate EMF aspects into relevant project components and ensuring effective implementation. Coordination with relevant thematic heads for necessary liaison. • Coordination with all PMU staff and district level staff on actions required on EMF implementation • Identification and coordinating hiring of Technical Agencies - for promoting green business opportunities, Capacity building and monitoring, Green standards and certification etc. and coordinating with the agencies for ensuring better and timely performance. • Identifying partners for support on need basis and building partnerships at state and district levels. Exploring convergence opportunities with line departments and implementation. 220 • Providing any EMF related support to PMU, District units and technical agencies for smooth implementation • To monitor the progress of EMF implementation through regular monitoring. • Documentation of best practices in EMF implementation • Any other that emerges based on the need. Duration of assignment: This assignment is for five years from the date of contract. Reporting: The agency will report to CEO, SERP and any thematic head assigned. Eligibility: The person should have an experience of 10 years in natural resource management for sustainable rural livelihoods. He or she should have both field and programme management experience. Should have working experience with community at least for 5 years. Experience of working with Government is desirable. The person should have a master‟s degree in the following fields: Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest Management, Natural Resource Management, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries, Social Work, Rural Development. Proficiency in English, Telugu and Hindi is required. Proficiency in computers is must. 221 II. TOR for hiring Technical Agency for development of EA tools and EMF manual, Capacity Building and Internal Monitoring of EMF implementation. Introduction: Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP), Proposes Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) which aims at supporting the SERP‟s goal of making the State poverty free b y 2017 strategy of including poor into benefits of economic growth and this is consistent with the India Country Strategy (CAS) FY 2009-2012 and aligned with the three CAS objectives of (a) achieving rapid, inclusive growth, (b) ensuring that development is sustainable, and (c) increasing the effectiveness of service delivery. The project is also consistent with approach for XII Five Year Plan for a „faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth‟ and growth target of 8.2 percent. The overall strategy is to look beyond growth and focus on generation of employment to the millions of the youth in the State. This would eventually result in a faster reduction in unemployment and poverty through skill development and also help bridging multiple divides.93 Finally, the project also supports the GoI‟s "Finance Plus" approach by investing in building community institutions that can foster higher order impacts, bringing various schemes together on to one synergistic platform (gender, nutrition, education and livelihoods), improving service delivery in a sustainable manner, innovations and pilot approaches, besides leveraging financing from public and private sources through convergence and partnerships. The objective of Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) is „to enable selected poor households to enhance incomes and secure increased access to human development services and social entitlements‟. This will be achieved by supporting Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) in consolidating the rural poverty reduction initiatives under previous IDA supported projects (Andhra Pradesh District Poverty Initiatives Project and Andhra Pradesh Rural Poverty Reduction Project) with an emphasis on inclusive growth and livelihoods sustainability. A very brief description of the project components is given below: Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through Producer Organizations: The objective of this component is to increase income of 2,50,000 small and marginal farmers by at least 50% through livelihood diversification, productivity enhancement and improved market access. This component will work with those small and marginal producers who have built up productive assets and have previously participated in productivity improvement, cropping technology and market access programs in select livelihoods/sectors. The project now proposes to work with these producers and help them move up the value chain and appropriate the growth opportunities. This will be achieved by organizing them into economic organizations (producer groups/organizations/companies); ensuring high service quality of support services like technology, credit, extension, marketing, etc.; and sustainable access to markets. Strengthening the market links, the project will facilitate value chain partnerships with leading market players and also support in creating local markets by connecting rural producers with shandis, rural haats, kirana shops, etc. Socio-Economic Survey 2011-2012; Department of Planning, Government of Andhra Pradesh, March 2012 93 222 Component 2 - Human Development: This component will invest in „lifecycle approach‟ through targeted mobilization of poor households for achieving MDGs in health and education leveraging the existing community institutional network. This would include special packages for tribal areas in the State. The focus of project interventions is to enable the demand side to hold the supply side accountable for service delivery in the Human Development (HD) sector, as well as to improve HD service delivery by strengthening the existing public systems to deliver quality services. Appropriate links will also be established between the HD and Value Chain components ensuring a multi-sectoral approach to addressing early childhood development outcomes. Specific interventions to operationalize this approach include: Sub-component 2.1: Strengthening the supply of key nutrition, health and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.2: Strengthening the demand for quality nutrition, health, sanitation and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.3: Establishing linkages with value chains. Component 3 - Access to entitlements: This component aims to improve the coverage and service delivery of social protection entitlements to 1 million of poorest households mainly belonging to the SC/STs and particularly those with PWDs, and ensures that they are protected from risks and vulnerabilities through an integrated mission mode approach, while addressing the last mile issues. Component 4: ICT & Partnerships: The objective of this component is to build an enabling ecosystem for innovation and transformation in delivering good quality services in the last mile. Recognizing that technology, innovation and entrepreneurship play critical role in addressing major development challenges the project seeks to bring together different stakeholders from the public private and civil society sectors and form partnerships with for customizing inclusive innovations in the project context. This engenders intensive use of ICT at levels of project governance and delivery, high performance project implementation and effective coordination mechanisms with supply/demand side partner institutions and social entrepreneurs and innovators by providing them technical assistance, strategic advisory and knowledge management services with national and international expertise. Component 5 - Project Implementation Support: The objective of this component is to strengthen the project implementation and will finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. It will also support establishing Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) systems, Financial Management systems, Procurement Management, Governance and Accountability Systems, Knowledge Management and Communication, etc. For more details on the project refer to the Project Implementation Plan (PIP). Background Analysis: The Environment Management Frame Work (EMF) for the APRIGP is an integral part of the implementation arrangements related to activities concerned with environmental implication. An Environment study was undertaken and an Environment Management Framework has been developed for the APRIGP to ensure that interventions of projects are environmentally sustainable and compliance 223 with applicable laws and regulations of the Government of India, the Government of Andhra Pradesh and triggered safeguard policies of the World Bank. The EMF is applicable to all components of the project in general and particularly to „Value chain enhancement through producer organizations‟ and „Human Development‟ components as the activities proposed under these two components are likely to have a bearing on the surrounding environment. The objective of the project is to bring in numerous livelihood activities that would help the federations and the producer groups to increase their household incomes. Meanwhile it is very important to keep in mind that all the livelihood interventions by the federations and producer groups should be compliant with the laws and regulations of the country and the state i.e. the legal and regulatory frameworks based on Government of India and Government of Andhra Pradesh and Safeguard policies of World Bank. Compliance with these rules and regulations ensure alignment of these investments with sustainable management of resources. Also the environmental benefits accrued will bring in economic enhancement in terms of premium for the green production process and produce. Also the interventions under Human development component such as drinking water provision, nutrition and sanitation will have environmental implications. Integration environment sustainability measures into these interventions is required. The EMF implementation will be through the process of integration of environmental guidelines into the plans developed by the community under each component, Environment Appraisal of the plans developed for verifying the integration of environment guidelines and ensuring the implementation of specified guidelines and measures. An EMF manual and Environment Appraisal (EA) tools will be developed to screen the activities for any adverse impact on environment and to check the compliance with WB safeguard policies and legal and regulatory frame work of GOI and GOAP. Environmental Guidelines Suggests alternatives for mitigating potential risks and suggest negative list for both the component 1 and 2. Monitoring (through green audits) for the compliance is very critical for smooth implementation of EMF and to enhance the income levels of the beneficiaries by exploring business opportunities for fair trade, clean development mechanism etc. Scope of Assignment: The assignment is expected to develop EMF manual in local language, developing EA tools, Capacity Building modules for staff at different levels and community and IEC materials and video films on greening value chains and green business opportunities. It also includes conducting the capacity building programs and internal monitoring of the implementation of Environment Management Framework (EMF). Objectives: • Develop operational manual on EMF in local language • EA tools and guidelines in local language • Information Education and Communication (IEC) material and Capacity Building (CB) modules for APRIGP functionaries, Green Community Professionals, Front Line Workers (FLW) and CRPS of HD component and Producer Groups • To deliver the capacity building programmes at State and cluster levels 224 • To monitor the progress of EMF implementation through yearly internal audits. Key Tasks and Responsibilities: Developing EMF manual: The technical support agency is expected to develop an operational manual on EMF in line with the framework developed for the project. Environment Appraisal (EA) tools and Guidelines: Environment Appraisal (EA) tools are to be developed for the list of activities (please refer to EMF document for details) proposed under Value chain and Human Development components to screen the activities for any adverse impact on environment and to check the compliance with WB safeguard policies and legal and regulatory frame work of GOI and GOAP. Environmental guidelines to Suggest alternatives for mitigating potential risks are to be part of the tools. The agency is expected to develop simple EA tools and Guidelines which can be used by community professionals and Farmer Producer Organisation (FPO) leaders. Further these tools should be useful as monitoring tools for accessing carbon credits, premiums for fair trade/ethical farming, green business etc. so that the beneficiaries can accelerate their incomes. IEC material: Agency is expected to develop and print following IEC material to be placed in offices of Farmer Producer groups or organisations, K marts or office of the enterprises, Village Organisations, and to be used by green Community Resource Person who are the community facilitators for implementation of EMF. • Booklets on value chains for all 10 commodities – Agriculture, Livestock and Knitting of Rural Self Help Enterprises (KRuSHE) enterprises and Marts (list of value chains and enterprises is provided in EMF document) • Posters or calendars on environmental guidelines for various commodities (commodity wise posters and guidelines on pest management) –10 • Posters or calendars on sustainable dairy, small ruminant, poultry fisheries management. - 4 • Posters or calendars in environmental aspects in farm based and nonfarm enterprises - 10. • Posters or calendars on safe drinking Water - 2 • Posters or calendars on Sanitation -2 Capacity Building modules: Capacity building modules are expected to cater the needs of capacity building of project teams at different levels, Spear Head teams (SHTs) who operate at cluster level, FPO leaders, micro entrepreneurs and Green Community Resource Persons & Front Level Workers under HD component . Capacity building modules should cover value chains (agriculture, livestock, micro enterprises) and thematic areas in Human Development component 1. Sustainable agriculture, Livestock management etc. 2. Environmental issues in the selected value chains commodities, pest management plans 3. Impacts of Climate Change on Rural livelihoods, adaptation measures 4. Environmental issues in micro enterprises 5. Environment guidelines for safe drinking water, deflouridation and sanitation 225 Delivery of Capacity Building Programmes: Agency is expected to provide intensive capacity building programs for various stake holders. SERP will support the agency in organizing capacity building programs in terms of mobilizing the target groups. The training would involve class room sessions and field visits. Capacity building program should include video films on Environment Appraisal. The target groups and frequency of trainings is: State level orientation for Project Management Unit: 1 orientation followed by refresher once every year. State level staff (project teams): 1 main training and yearly refresher trainings for four years District level for Cluster level staff (project teams, selected Community Resource Persons, FLWs of HD component): 1 main training and yearly refresher trainings for four years. Video films on Environment Assessment (EA) and Green Business Opportunities: Agency is expected to produce at least one video film on EA each value chain, micro enterprises, K marts and Human development component. Further the agency is expected to produce video films on green business opportunities which can accelerate incomes of the beneficiaries. Internal monitoring (Green audits): Agency is expected to do desk review of 10% (or selected sample) of value chains per cluster and field visits to 10% of VPGs (or selected sample) covering different commodities and preparing feedback report to FPOs and SERP. Exact sample could be finalized in discussion with PMU. Agency is expected to deliver monitoring reports (green audit reports) in such a way that FPOs should able to access carbon credits or premiums under fair trade, ethical trade etc. Output and timeline: Out put Expected time line Development and printing of EMF manual and booklets First six months (local language) Development of EA tools (local language) First six months, IEC material Year 1 Capacity building Modules First Six months Capacity building programs for state teams First six months Capacity building programs for SHTs, FLWs /Project First nine months staff Development of video films on EA and green business First 12 months opportunities Refresher trainings Yearly once Monitoring Once in every year from second year onwards Duration of assignment: This assignment is for five years from the date of contract. 226 Reporting: The agency will report to CEO, SERP and the thematic heads. Coordination point will be State Environment Expert Eligibility Criteria: • The agency should have proven experience (5-10 years) in context of environment and rural livelihoods. The agency should have experience in working with rural communities on natural resource management for sustainable livelihoods. • Should have experience of working with Government. • Should have presence/reach in all the districts. Key Human Resource Requirements with profile: A 3 member dedicated task team (including a team leader) is required. The team leader should have an experience of 10 years and the team members at least 5 years in natural resource management for sustainable livelihoods, water and sanitation. The team should have both field and programme management experience. The team members should have a master‟s degree in the following fields: Agriculture, Horticulture, Forest Management, Natural Resource Management, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries, Social Work, Rural Development. 227 III.Inputs for TOR for hiring Technical Agency for Setting Green Standards and Green Certification for enabling Economic enhancement through green marketing. Introduction: Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (SERP), Proposes Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) which aims at supporting the SERP‟s goal of making the State poverty free by 2017 strategy of including poor into benefits of economic growth and this is consistent with the India Country Strategy (CAS) FY 2009-2012 and aligned with the three CAS objectives of (a) achieving rapid, inclusive growth, (b) ensuring that development is sustainable, and (c) increasing the effectiveness of service delivery. The project is also consistent with approach for XII Five Year Plan for a „faster, sustainable and more inclusive growth‟ and growth target of 8.2 percent. The overall strategy is to look beyond growth and focus on generation of employment to the millions of the youth in the State. This would eventually result in a faster reduction in unemployment and poverty through skill development and also help bridging multiple divides.94 Finally, the project also supports the GoI‟s "Finance Plus" approach by investing in building community institutions that can foster higher order impacts, bringing various schemes together on to one synergistic platform (gender, nutrition, education and livelihoods), improving service delivery in a sustainable manner, innovations and pilot approaches, besides leveraging financing from public and private sources through convergence and partnerships. The objective of Andhra Pradesh Rural Inclusive Growth Project (APRIGP) is „to enable selected poor households to enhance incomes and secure increased access to human development services and social entitlements‟. This will be achieved by supporting Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) in consolidating the rural poverty reduction initiatives under previous IDA supported projects (Andhra Pradesh District Poverty Initiatives Project and Andhra Pradesh Rural Poverty Reduction Project) with an emphasis on inclusive growth and livelihoods sustainability. A very brief description of the project components is given below: Component 1: Value Chain Enhancement through Producer Organizations: The objective of this component is to increase income of 2,50,000 small and marginal farmers by at least 50% through livelihood diversification, productivity enhancement and improved market access. This component will work with those small and marginal producers who have built up productive assets and have previously participated in productivity improvement, cropping technology and market access programs in select livelihoods/sectors. The project now proposes to work with these producers and help them move up the value chain and appropriate the growth opportunities. This will be achieved by organizing them into economic organizations (producer groups/organizations/companies); ensuring high service quality of support services like technology, credit, extension, marketing, etc.; and sustainable access to markets. Strengthening the market links, the project will facilitate value chain partnerships with leading market players and also support in creating local markets by connecting rural producers with shandis, rural haats, kirana shops, etc. Component 2 - Human Development: This component will invest in „lifecycle approach‟ through targeted mobilization of poor households for achieving MDGs in health and education leveraging the existing community institutional network. This Socio-Economic Survey 2011-2012; Department of Planning, Government of Andhra Pradesh, March 2012 94 228 would include special packages for tribal areas in the State. The focus of project interventions is to enable the demand side to hold the supply side accountable for service delivery in the Human Development (HD) sector, as well as to improve HD service delivery by strengthening the existing public systems to deliver quality services. Appropriate links will also be established between the HD and Value Chain components ensuring a multi-sectoral approach to addressing early childhood development outcomes. Specific interventions to operationalize this approach include: Sub-component 2.1: Strengthening the supply of key nutrition, health and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.2: Strengthening the demand for quality nutrition, health, sanitation and pre-school education services. Sub-component 2.3: Establishing linkages with value chains. Component 3 - Access to entitlements: This component aims to improve the coverage and service delivery of social protection entitlements to 1 million of poorest households mainly belonging to the SC/STs and particularly those with PWDs, and ensures that they are protected from risks and vulnerabilities through an integrated mission mode approach, while addressing the last mile issues. Component 4: ICT & Partnerships: The objective of this component is to build an enabling ecosystem for innovation and transformation in delivering good quality services in the last mile. Recognizing that technology, innovation and entrepreneurship play critical role in addressing major development challenges the project seeks to bring together different stakeholders from the public private and civil society sectors and form partnerships with for customizing inclusive innovations in the project context. This engenders intensive use of ICT at levels of project governance and delivery, high performance project implementation and effective coordination mechanisms with supply/demand side partner institutions and social entrepreneurs and innovators by providing them technical assistance, strategic advisory and knowledge management services with national and international expertise. Component 5 - Project Implementation Support: The objective of this component is to strengthen the project implementation and will finance dedicated staffing for the project activities that are attributable to outcomes of the project, consultancies, training and related material, office equipment, and operational costs. It will also support establishing Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) systems, Financial Management systems, Procurement Management, Governance and Accountability Systems, Knowledge Management and Communication, etc. For more details on the project refer to the Project Implementation Plan (PIP). Background Analysis: APRIGP will be investing in rural value chains, rural retail chains and human development. This project aims at greening the value chains and rural retail chains to enhance incomes through accessing premiums for fair trade, carbon trade, ethical farming etc. SERP started several green initiatives like community managed sustainable agriculture, participatory guarantee system for internal certification etc and now want to build on these existing initiatives to accelerate the growth of the producers and individual entrepreneurs. 229 APRIGP has formulated an Environment Management Framework (EMF) to ensure compliance with World Bank operational and safe guard policies and legal and regulatory frame work of government of India and AP. Apart from compliance the EMF will eventually lead to environmentally sound and sustainable value chains. EMF will ensure screening of the activities to avoid any adverse effects on the environment and natural resources. EMF will ensure greening of value chains in each step of the value chain from the beginning of the project. It proactively works towards positive impacts on environment. APRIGP will extensively work on carbon trading, fair trade, ethical farming, green labeling and marketing with inbuilt EMF. Scope of Assignment: Setting standards for „Green Rating‟ of the value chains (selected commodities in agriculture commodities, livestock and micro enterprises) and other components through life cycle approach especially in productivity enhancement - green initiatives like non pesticide management, sustainable agricultural practices etc. and in processing for energy efficiency, water use efficiency etc. SERP will extensively promote the environment friendly alternatives in the value chains through demonstration, trainings and implementation support. The package of interventions are outlined in the EMF document prepared by SERP and under Community Managed Sustainable Agriculture (CMSA) component. Suggesting any additional environmentally sustainable practices with specific to the value chains is also part of the assignment. The standards for „Green Rating‟ of the value chains, micro enterprises and other components should enable the Producer groups to access premiums through carbon trading, fair trade, ethical farming etc. Developing user friendly „Green Rating‟ tools for rating which can be used by the project for internal audits will be part of the assignment. The concept and green rating standards specific to each intervention (value chains) and the tools should be presented in the form of a user manual. Objectives: • Develop a set of standards for „green rating‟ of the agriculture commodities and micro enterprises specified under the project. • Developing „green rating‟ tools that can be used by field staff in rating the project interventions (after an orientation) • Preparing a manual with standards and tools • Exploring the options for tie up for premiums under carbon trading, fair trade, ethical farming, green labeling etc. and suggestion on marketing • Providing inputs for developing a traceability mechanism for consumer confidence Key Tasks and Responsibilities – Setting Green Standards: Developing green standards: The agency is expected develop standards for each value chains, which would make the produce, products and commodities so that they are eligible for accessing premiums under carbon credits, fair trade, ethical farming etc. Tools for green certification: 230 Agency is expected to develop simple but effective tools to assess the value chains against the preset green standards. Tools should be user friendly so that the field staff, community professionals and farmer Producer Group leaders will use these for internal monitoring. Traceability mechanism: Agency is expected to support in developing software for tracing the produce to gain the trust of the consumers. Support in the content for Capacity Building programme: The Agency is expected to provide content support for capacity building the field staff and Community Resource Persons on green ratings and standards. Output and timeline: Out put Expected time line Setup green business standards By month 6 Tools for green certification By month 6 Capacity building content 6-8 months Support for Traceability mechanism - ICT application 6-8 months Key Tasks and Responsibilities - Green Certification: Green Audits and certification: Agency should do regular “green auditing „to all the value chains (on sampling basis) and other components at yearly intervals or once in crop seasons whichever is relevant. Qualified Groups should be provided with certification to enable the beneficiaries to access premiums through carbon trading, fair trade, green business opportunities etc. Commodity wise reports should be provided at end of every year or season. Support in accessing premiums: Followed by certification the agency is expected to support the Producer Groups to liase with the green markets to accessing premiums. Feedback: After every green audit the agency should provide detailed feedback reports. Should also provide suggestions and content support on further capacity building in cases where required. 231 Output and timeline: Out put Expected time line Green audit, certification, support in traceability Year 2 mechanism and market links. Detailed feedback report. Green audit, certification, support in traceability Year 3 mechanism and market links. Detailed feedback report. Green audit, certification, support in traceability Year 4 mechanism and market links. Detailed feedback report. Green audit, certification, support in traceability Year 5 mechanism and market links. Detailed feedback report. Duration of assignment: Assignment is for a period of 5 years. Reporting: The agency will report to CEO, SERP and the thematic heads. The coordination point will be State Environment Expert. Eligibility Criteria: • The agency should have proven record (5-10 years) in context of green audits, certification, carbon trading, fair trade etc • Should have experience of working with Government on Community related interventions, especially on sustainable agriculture and rural enterprises. • Should have liaison or be able to liaise with organic or green market groups • Should have worked on traceability mechanisms Key Human Resource Requirements with profile: A five member dedicated task team (including a team leader) is required. The team leader should have an experience of 10 years and the team members at least 5 years in green audits, certification and green marketing. 232 IV. Inputs for TOR for ICT for Environment Management Framework (EMF) –to be included by SERP in ICT ToR Functionality: Environment Management Framework Coverage: Application for EMF is required for all value chains, retail outlets and human development components. Outputs required: A. Environment screening B. Environment Appraisal C. Tools for green certification D. Tractability of the value chain products E. Knowledge management for greening value chains and business management Modules in the application: Environment screening: Check list for screening for any potential adverse impact on environment (legal and regulatory requirement). Application should support Farmer Producer Organisation (FPOs) or Producer Group leaders, Green Community Resource Persons (CRPs) to take a decision on whether they can invest in this activity. Environment Appraisal: Environment Appraisal (EA) tools to screen the activities for any adverse impact on environment and to check the compliance with WB safeguard policies and legal and regulatory frame work of GOI and GOAP. Environment Guidelines will also be given to identify potential risk and suggests alternatives for mitigating the risk. The agency is expected to develop simple EA tools (based on the content provided in EMF document) which can be used by community professionals and FPO leaders. Further these tools should be useful for internal monitoring & audits and for accessing carbon credits, premiums for fair trade/ethical farming, green business etc. so that the beneficiaries can accelerate their incomes. Application will have multiple tools based on the value chain, retail chain, micro enterprise etc. This application should help the users in assessing the impact on environment and provide mitigation measures for the risk identified. Tools for green certification: Tools will be designed to assess the value chains against green standards. Tools should be user friendly so that the community professionals and FPO leaders will use these for internal monitoring (green audits). Application will have multiple tools for quantification of greening of the value chain. This application will help in accessing premium through carbon trade, fair trade, ethical farming, green business opportunities etc. 233 Traceability of the value chains: This application should provide documental evidence for Green Business requirements. It also should provide details of the value chain like who are involved, process and technologies using in the value chains to the consumers. It will help in building the trust among the consumers. Knowledge Management: ICT tools such as Video films, IEC materials on EA tools, green business initiatives, green value chains etc to be provided in web portal. New device requirements: Tablets are required at FPO level. (Green CRPs). Analytics requirements: Dash boards: State level: Green certification details Status greening value chains Internal audits and third party monitoring (seasonal) – Village, cluster levels Capacity building programme details – State level, Cluster level, CP, FPO level District level: Green certification details Status of greening value chains (Business Plans) Internal monitoring – Village, cluster levels Capacity building programme details - Cluster level, CP, FPO level FPO level: Green certification details by third party monitoring Status of EA for value chains and other activities Internal monitoring – PG level Capacity Building Programmes – FPO level 234 Annexure 11: ANDHRA PRADESH RURAL INCLUSIVE GROWTH PROJECT – RESTRUCTURING PROPOSAL Environment Management Framework & Social Management Framework Amended 15 February 2019 New Implementing Agencies. The Andhra Pradesh Society for Elimination of Rural Poverty (AP-SERP) has requested for restructuring of the ongoing APRIGP, by submitting a restructuring proposal (dated 24.9.2018) to the World Bank, through the Department of Economic Affairs (DEA), Ministry of Finance, Government of India. The restructuring proposal (RP) is based on the discussions and recommendations of the Mid Term Review that was held in July 2018. The main change in the RP is addition of 4 implementing agencies: i) Department of Women Development and Child Welfare (DWD&CW); ii) Department of Health, Medical and Family Welfare (DHM&FW); iii) Department of Panchayat Raj & Rural Development (DPR&RD); iv) and Department of Tribal Welfare (DTW). Environmental Management Framework (2014). AP-SERP developed an Environmental Management Framework (EMF) which identifies the possible environmental implications of APRIGP interventions and suggests environment friendly alternatives or mitigation measures. The EMF includes ‘environment guidelines’ or ‘environment friendly alternatives’ for all the components and provides a strategy to manage negative environmental impacts of the value chain and human development activities to ensure sustainability of the interventions. It also provides the institutional mechanism to operationalize the EMF and encourages Green Business Opportunities on the critical environmental issues identified in the proposed activities. The EMF strategy is to integrate activity specific environment guidelines into the business plans (value chains) and Human Development plans right at the inception stage. The system of Environment Appraisal will ensure appropriate environmental due diligence measures are undertaken and ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations of the GoI and the triggered safeguard policies of the World Bank. It details the capacity building, monitoring and institutional arrangements to ensure that safeguard issues are adequately addressed, and environmental guidelines are effectively integrated into the project components. The EMF also includes a negative list of activities which could potentially lead to larger environmental risks and therefore cannot be funded under the project. Social Management Framework / Tribal Development Plan (2014). Given that APRIGP would be implemented in large number of Mandal with significant presence of Scheduled Tribes, as well as scheduled castes, the World Bank Operational Policy (OP4.10) on Indigenous Peoples has been triggered. The main social safeguard issue is to ensure effective outreach, coverage and inclusion of tribal, as well as scheduled caste, habitations and households with respect to project supported interventions, institutions and investments. AP SERP has leveraged its long-standing experience and institutional learning of working with poorest of the poor tribal and scheduled caste households, and updated its social management framework and tribal development plan (SMF & TDP). It has integrated several measures into the APRIGP project design such as selection of high tribal presence areas as project mandals, incorporating appropriate rural value/retail chains and enterprises for tribal areas and landless SC households, expansion of health and nutrition and water sanitation services in SC and ST habitations, linkages with SC/TSP programs of tribal and social welfare departments and Integrated Tribal Development Agencies (ITDAs). The SM & TDP includes strategies for targeting and inclusion of tribal, SC and vulnerable households in the context of the project interventions and consolidates gender, social inclusion and tribal development strategies for the project. These will be backed up by comprehensive monitoring and mapping systems. The Project interventions are not expected to involve any adverse impacts related to involuntary land acquisition and displacement. Applicability of existing EMF and SMF to restructured APRIGP. All provisions of the EMF and SMF of APRIGP, that was prepared and finalised by AP SERP in December 2014 and approved by the Bank, will apply to the restructured project. AP-SERP as well as the Department of Women Development and Child Welfare, Department of Health, Medical and Family Welfare, Department of Tribal Welfare, and Department of Panchayat Raj and Rural Development will carry out the project activities in accordance with the EMF and the SMF. All activities presented in the table below will need to comply with the applicable requirements of the EMF and the SMF. 235 Table 1: Application of Specific EMF and SMF provisions to New Implementing Agencies Line Component Component Specific Environment Department of APRIGP Description & Social Safeguard Provisions 1. Dept. of Human Supplementation • In particular, the Women, Development nutrition to pregnant Component 2 Development women, providing Guidelines in the and Child minimum facilities in EMF on ensuring Welfare Government owned and monitoring safe (DWD&CW) Anganwadi Buildings to drinking water enable the center to supply, creation of supply clean drinking sanitation facilities water, learning material and facilitating use and other accessories and disposal of and support the training sanitary napkins and capacity building of will apply. Saadhikara Mitras • Use of local, tribal resource person and community leaders; Use of local language that is spoken and understood among tribal communities; 2. Dept. of Human Installation of modern • In particular, legal Health, Development technology such as and regulatory Medical & Hemoglobin meters framework on e- Family which will help in its waste management Welfare effort to reduce IMR and EMF guidelines (DHM&FW) and MMR by equipping on e-waste the ANMS of the management will department working in apply. the project mandals. • Ensuring the Digital LEDBP presence and apparatus to the same participation of ANMs; Strengthen the tribal women in the Health and Nutrition Health and Day initiative Nutrition days and activities 3. Dept. of Access to Construction of 200 • All sites and Tribal Welfare Social Pre-Engineered GSK locations will be (DTW) Protection Buildings and screened through installation of digital the Environmental 236 Services & equipment to improve and social Entitlements service delivery in safeguards remote tribal areas and checklist, and improve financial and necessary digital inclusion of mitigation measures tribal communities. will be implemented when necessary. • Adhering to national and state regulatory frameworks, the EMF guidelines on water supply, sanitation facilities, e-waste disposal, construction, safe disposal of debris and LED lighting will apply • Standard Operating Procedures guidelines document developed will apply 4. Dept. of Mission Software support to Panchayati Support, ICT monitor the rating of Raj & Rural & Panchayats by creating Development Partnerships a network of data (DPR&RD) collection, analysis and dash board to achieve the objective of improved infrastructure in the rural areas. Implementation Arrangements. i) The Environment Nodal Staff and Social Safeguard Nodal Staff in AP-SERP will continue to be responsible for application and implementation of the EMF and SMF provisions, across all project components, including the new IAs. They will also prepare and share half yearly reports on EMF and SMF implementation under the restructured APRIGP. 237 ii) Nodal staff for Environment and Social Safeguard will be designated/engaged in i) Department of Women Development and Child Welfare; ii) Department of Health, Medical and Family Welfare; iii) Department of Tribal Welfare, iv) and Department of Panchayat Raj and Rural Development. These staff will work in coordination with the Environment and Social Safeguard Staff of AP-SERP iii) AP-SERP will continue to ensure a functioning and accessible grievance redress mechanism (GRM) for stakeholders and Project beneficiaries, throughout the project implementation period. The GRM will also cover the new IAs, with any necessary enhancements, customization and convergence. Disclosure. This amendment has been included in the EMF and SMF documents as well as the project implementation plan prepared in 2014, and redisclosed on the website of AP-SERP, as well as posted on the websites of the new implementing agencies. Summary in local language will be disseminated in project sites. 238 239